WO2019149105A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019149105A1
WO2019149105A1 PCT/CN2019/072534 CN2019072534W WO2019149105A1 WO 2019149105 A1 WO2019149105 A1 WO 2019149105A1 CN 2019072534 W CN2019072534 W CN 2019072534W WO 2019149105 A1 WO2019149105 A1 WO 2019149105A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
identifier
wake
tmsi
interface
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/072534
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黎建辉
杜振国
庄宏成
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201810365125.2A external-priority patent/CN110121203B/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2019149105A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019149105A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to a method and apparatus for identifying low power devices.
  • Wake-up Radio also known as Wake-up Receiver (WUR)
  • WUR Wake-up Receiver
  • the main module is usually in the off state. Only when the trigger signal from the WUR module is received, the main module is activated, and then the main module communicates with the base station.
  • 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnerships Project
  • the 3rd Generation Partnerships Project (3GPP) standards organization has introduced low-power WUR to reduce the power consumption of terminal devices.
  • the signal that can be received and decoded by the WUR of the terminal device is called a wake-up signal.
  • the receiving and decoding of the wake-up signal is much simpler than the traditional main interface signal. Therefore, the terminal device can receive the signal by using the WUR compared to the main module. Reduce power consumption.
  • the wake-up frame is first sent to the WUR interface of the terminal device, so that the terminal device wakes up its own main communication interface.
  • the wake-up frame should include the identifier ID of the terminal device, and only the terminal device wakes up its own main communication interface when it detects that the target ID of the wake-up frame matches itself.
  • the amount of information that can be carried by a wake-up frame may be limited.
  • the wake-up frame may also carry the IDs of multiple devices. Therefore, longer device identification may not be suitable for carrying in the wake-up frame.
  • the present application provides a communication method and communication device, and provides a low power consumption device short identifier capable of identifying a low power consumption device, thereby reducing the number of bits required to identify a low power consumption device, and at the same time, the low power consumption device
  • the space saved by the short identifier compared to the full long identifier makes the design of the multi-device wake-up frame more flexible and can adapt to the limited number of bits of the wake-up frame.
  • a communication method which is applied to a communication system including a terminal device and a network device, the terminal device includes a wake-up radio frequency interface and a main interface, and the wake-up radio frequency interface is configured to generate a trigger signal, where the trigger signal is used for
  • the main interface is used for communication between the terminal device and the network device, and the terminal device is in at least one of the plurality of tracking areas TA controlled by the mobility management entity MME.
  • the method includes:
  • the network device sends a first message to the terminal device by using the wake-up radio interface, where the first message is used to trigger the wake-up radio interface to generate the trigger signal, and the first message carries a first identifier, where the first identifier is the terminal
  • the network device receives the first data sent by the network device, and the format of the first data is a format that matches the primary interface.
  • the network device sends the wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device, which is based on the first communication mode, that is, the data format of the WUS is that the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device can be identified and acquired.
  • the network device sends the wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device, which is based on the first communication mode, that is, the data format of the WUS is that the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device can be identified and acquired.
  • the network device sends a wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device according to the first communication manner, and the WUS activates the WUR to generate a trigger signal to activate the main interface of the terminal device.
  • the network device can then communicate with the terminal device at a time. For example, the network device sends the first data to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first data through the primary interface, and the communication process is performed based on the second communication manner. That is, the format of the first data is a data format that the main interface of the terminal device can receive and recognize.
  • one MME may control multiple tracking areas TA, and the terminal equipment is located in at least one tracking area TA.
  • the network device allocates the WU-TMSI to the UE in the network, and the WU-TMSI is the device identifier in the TA or TA list.
  • the TA list described in the present application includes at least one of the plurality of TAs controlled by one MME. For example, when the TA list includes 5 TAs, which are controlled by the same MME, then the WU-TMSI is the identifier in the 5 TAs; when the TA list includes 1 TA, then the WU-TMSI is A unique identifier within the TA.
  • the foregoing technical solution allocates a low power consumption device short identifier to the low power consumption terminal device through the network device, and uses the short identifier for the communication between the low power consumption device and the network device.
  • the network device needs to send a wake-up frame to wake up the low-power device to communicate with the network device, carrying the short identifier in the wake-up frame WUS can reduce the number of bits required to identify the low-power device, and at the same time, the low-power device
  • the space saved by the short identifier compared to the full long identifier makes the design of the multi-device wake-up frame more flexible, and can adapt to the limited number of WUS bearer bits of the wake-up frame.
  • the first identification is generated based on the second identification.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is intercepted from the sequence of the second identifier, or
  • the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming the sequence of the second identifier based on a preset function.
  • the generation of the first identifier may be performed by the network device, and may be sent to the terminal device, or the terminal device may receive the parameter or function generated by the first identifier sent by the network device, and the terminal device generates the first identifier.
  • Application examples include, but are not limited to.
  • the original general ID configuration method is inherited, that is, the composition of the WU-TMSI is: management area + intra-area ID.
  • the advantage of this scheme is that it facilitates the core network device MME to perform tracking of the terminal device based on the MME.
  • only 16 bits of the Partial M-TMSI domain means that only up to 65536 packets can be made to the terminal devices in the same MME (the group contains one or more terminal devices).
  • the 24 bits of the WU-TMSI are taken from the M-TMSI, that is, the intra-area ID. ID is more random.
  • the probability of a WU-TMSI repetition occurring under the TA list is smaller, that is, the probability of being erroneously awakened is much smaller.
  • the base station may use the indication information of the 1 bit to indicate whether the terminal device intercepts or intercepts before using, and uses 5 bits of indication information to indicate how many bits are intercepted.
  • the base station needs to wake up the terminal device in the wake-up frame WUS, the base station directly carries the WU-TMSI in the ID field of the target terminal device.
  • the terminal device detects that the ID field of the target terminal device in the WUS is the same as its own WU-TMSI, the terminal device wakes up and communicates with the base station.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming a sequence of S-TMSI or M-TMSI.
  • an embodiment of transform processing is divided into two steps: 1. Intercepting a bit string for S-TMSI or M-TMSI; 2. Scrambling a bit string using MMEC and/or TAC.
  • the TAC refers to the ID of the tracking area TA.
  • a pair of S-TMSI or M-TMSI is intercepted to obtain a bit string.
  • the obtained bit string is misaligned or XORed with the MMEC String and the TAC String to obtain the WU-TMSI.
  • the number and location of intercepted bits can be flexibly changed.
  • the scheme obtains the WU-TMSI by performing an exclusive-OR operation on the S-TMSI or M-TMSI part to intercept the obtained bit string and then performing an exclusive-OR operation with the MMEC and TAC bit strings. Since the MMEC and the TAC have geographical location characteristics, the bit string obtained by the S-TMSI or M-TMSI partial truncation is scrambled using the MMEC and TAC bit strings, and the directly intercepted bit string is further randomized.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is generated based on a random generation function.
  • the base station can generate the WU-TMSI using any sequence random generation function and configure it to the terminal device. If both the base station and the terminal device know the specific expression of the sequence random generation function, the base station may also generate the WU-TMSI locally by the terminal device by configuring the parameters of the sequence random generation function for the terminal device.
  • the above solution proposes a short identifier WU-TMSI suitable for a low power consumption device, so that the number of bits required to identify the terminal device is reduced, and is more suitable for a WUS wake frame carrying a finite length bit.
  • the low-power device short identifier makes the multi-device wake-up frame more flexible and can adapt to the limited number of wake-up frames.
  • the method before the network device sends the first message to the terminal device, the method further includes:
  • the network device generates the first identifier
  • the network device sends the indication information of the first identifier to the terminal device.
  • the method before the network device sends the first message to the terminal device, the method further includes:
  • the network device receives the indication information of the first identifier sent by the terminal device.
  • the second identifier is a mobility management network element temporary mobile subscriber identity M-TMSI or S-TMSI of the terminal device.
  • the network device is an access network device or a mobility management entity MME.
  • the length of the first identifier WU-TMSI is less than the length of the current M-TMSI by 32 bits, and the length of the WU-TMSI is greater than or equal to the length of the current C-RNTI by 16 bits. Obviously, if the length of the WU-TMSI is greater than the M-TMSI, the MUS can carry the M-TMSI.
  • the first identifier is a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI of the terminal device. Because the C-RNTI is 16 bits when the terminal device is in the connected state, it is the easiest to use the C-RNTI as the identification of the terminal device.
  • the target terminal device identifier in the WUS is WU-TMSI; for the RRC_CONNECTED state terminal device, the target terminal device identifier in the WUS is the cell-level unique identifier of the terminal device, such as C-RNTI. Because the terminal device is currently in the state, both the network side and the terminal device side are aware. Accordingly, what kind of target terminal device identifier should be sent by the network side and what target terminal device identifier the terminal device should receive is naturally clear to both parties. Know that.
  • this method can shorten the information bit length in the WUS in the RRC_CONNECTED state, and does not cause blurring when the base station transmits the WUS and the terminal device receives the WUS.
  • the base station since there are two WUS lengths, the base station should support the transmission of two lengths of WUS, and the terminal equipment should support the reception of two lengths of WUS.
  • the first identity may be generated by the MME, in which case the MME generates the first identity in any of the above possible ways. For example, first, the terminal device sends an identifier request message or a TA update message to the network device, requesting the network device to allocate the low power device identifier WU-TMSI to the terminal device. Second, the MME receives the request message and generates the first identifier WU-TMSI. Then, the MME allocates the first identifier to the terminal device. Specifically, the first identifier may be allocated to the terminal device by using a radio resource control signaling RRC or a medium access control layer signaling MAC CE.
  • RRC radio resource control signaling
  • MAC CE medium access control layer signaling
  • a communication method is provided, which is applied to a communication system including a terminal device and a network device, where the terminal device includes a wake-up radio frequency interface and a main interface, and the wake-up radio frequency interface is configured to generate a trigger signal, where the trigger signal is used for Activating the primary interface, the primary interface being used for communication between the terminal device and the access network device, the terminal device being in at least one of the plurality of tracking areas TA controlled by the mobility management entity MME, the method comprising :
  • the first message is used to trigger the wake-up radio interface to generate the trigger signal, and the first message carries a first identifier, where the first identifier is that the terminal device is in the first
  • the TA list includes the identifiers in the control range of the TA, the first TA list list includes at least one of the plurality of TAs, and the length of the first identifier is smaller than the length of the second identifier, where the second identifier is a unique identifier of the terminal device within the control range of the MME;
  • the terminal device After determining that the first message is valid according to the first identifier, the terminal device controls the wake-up radio interface to generate a trigger signal according to the first message, to activate the primary interface;
  • the terminal device receives the first data sent by the network device by using the primary interface, and the format of the first data is a format that matches the primary interface.
  • one MME may control a plurality of tracking areas TA located in at least one tracking area TA.
  • the network device allocates the WU-TMSI to the UE in the network, and the WU-TMSI is the device identifier in the TA or TA list.
  • the TA list described in the present application includes at least one of the plurality of TAs controlled by one MME. For example, when the TA list includes 5 TAs, which are controlled by the same MME, then the WU-TMSI is the identifier in the 5 TAs; when the TA list includes 1 TA, then the WU-TMSI is A unique identifier within the TA.
  • the foregoing technical solution allocates a low power consumption device short identifier to the low power consumption terminal device through the network device, and uses the short identifier for the communication between the low power consumption device and the network device.
  • the network device needs to send the wake-up frame WUS to wake up the low-power device to communicate with the network device, carrying the short identifier in the wake-up frame WUS can reduce the number of bits required to identify the low-power device, and at the same time, low power consumption
  • the short identifier of the device makes the design of the multi-device wake-up frame more flexible, and can adapt to the limited number of WUS bearer bits of the wake-up frame.
  • the first identification is generated based on the second identification.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is intercepted from the sequence of the second identifier, or
  • the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming the sequence of the second identifier based on a preset function.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is generated based on a random generation function.
  • the generation of the first identifier may be performed by the network device, and may be sent to the terminal device, or the terminal device may receive the parameter or function generated by the first identifier sent by the network device, and the terminal device generates the first identifier.
  • Application examples include, but are not limited to.
  • the original general ID configuration method is inherited, that is, the composition of the WU-TMSI is: management area + intra-area ID.
  • the advantage of this scheme is that it facilitates the core network device MME to perform tracking of the terminal device based on the MME.
  • only 16 bits of the Partial M-TMSI domain means that only up to 65536 packets can be made to the terminal devices in the same MME (the group contains one or more terminal devices).
  • the 24 bits of the WU-TMSI are taken from the M-TMSI, that is, the intra-area ID. ID is more random.
  • the probability of a WU-TMSI repetition occurring under the TA list is smaller, that is, the probability of being erroneously awakened is much smaller.
  • the base station may use the indication information of the 1 bit to indicate whether the terminal device intercepts or intercepts before using, and uses 5 bits of indication information to indicate how many bits are intercepted.
  • the base station needs to wake up the terminal device in the wake-up frame WUS, the base station directly carries the WU-TMSI in the ID field of the target terminal device.
  • the terminal device detects that the ID field of the target terminal device in the WUS is the same as its own WU-TMSI, the terminal device wakes up and communicates with the base station.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming a sequence of S-TMSI or M-TMSI.
  • an embodiment of transform processing is divided into two steps: 1. Intercepting a bit string for S-TMSI or M-TMSI; 2. Scrambling a bit string using MMEC and/or TAC.
  • the TAC refers to the ID of the tracking area TA.
  • a pair of S-TMSI or M-TMSI is intercepted to obtain a bit string.
  • the obtained bit string is misaligned or XORed with the MMEC String and the TAC String to obtain the WU-TMSI.
  • the number and location of intercepted bits can be flexibly changed.
  • the scheme obtains the WU-TMSI by performing an exclusive-OR operation on the S-TMSI or M-TMSI part to intercept the obtained bit string and then performing an exclusive-OR operation with the MMEC and TAC bit strings. Since the MMEC and the TAC have geographical location characteristics, the bit string obtained by the S-TMSI or M-TMSI partial truncation is scrambled using the MMEC and TAC bit strings, and the directly intercepted bit string is further randomized.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is generated based on a random generation function.
  • the base station can generate the WU-TMSI using any sequence random generation function and configure it to the terminal device. If both the base station and the terminal device know the specific expression of the sequence random generation function, the base station may also generate the WU-TMSI locally by the terminal device by configuring the parameters of the sequence random generation function for the terminal device.
  • the above solution proposes a short identifier WU-TMSI suitable for a low power consumption device, so that the number of bits required to identify the terminal device is reduced, and is more suitable for a WUS wake frame carrying a finite length bit.
  • the low-power device short tag saves space compared to the full long tag, making the design of multi-device wake-up frames more flexible.
  • the method before the terminal device receives the first message by using the wake-up radio frequency interface, the method further includes:
  • the terminal device generates the first identifier
  • the terminal device sends the indication information of the first identifier to the network device.
  • the method before the terminal device receives the first message by using the wake-up radio frequency interface, the method further includes:
  • the terminal device receives the indication information of the first identifier sent by the network device.
  • the first identifier is a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI of the terminal device.
  • the second identifier is a mobility management network element temporary mobile subscriber identity M-TMSI or a service temporary mobile subscriber identity S-TMSI of the terminal device.
  • the foregoing technical solution allocates a low power consumption device short identifier to the low power consumption terminal device through the network device, and uses the short identifier for the communication between the low power consumption device and the network device.
  • the network device needs to send a wake-up frame to wake up the low-power device to communicate with the network device, carrying the short identifier in the wake-up frame WUS can reduce the number of bits required to identify the low-power device, and at the same time, the low-power device
  • the space saved by the short identifier compared to the full long identifier makes the design of the multi-device wake-up frame more flexible, and can adapt to the limited number of WUS bearer bits of the wake-up frame.
  • a third aspect provides a communication device, which may be an access network device or a core network device, configured in a communication system including a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a wake-up radio frequency interface and a main interface, and the wake-up device
  • the radio frequency interface is configured to generate a trigger signal, the trigger signal is used to activate the main interface, the main interface is used for communication between the terminal device and the communication device, and the terminal device is in the core network device Within at least one of the plurality of tracking areas TA controlled.
  • the communication device includes:
  • a communication unit configured to send a first message to the terminal device by using the wake-up radio interface, where the first message is used to trigger the wake-up radio interface to generate the trigger signal, and the first message carries a first identifier, where the first identifier is The identifier of the terminal device in the first TA list, the first TA list includes at least one of the plurality of TAs, and the length of the first identifier is less than the length of the second identifier, and the second identifier is the terminal a unique identifier of the device within the control range of the MME;
  • the processing unit is configured to communicate with the terminal device after the terminal device activates the primary interface by controlling the wake-up radio interface to generate a trigger signal according to the first message.
  • the first identifier is generated based on the second identifier.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is intercepted from the sequence of the second identifier, or the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming the sequence of the second identifier based on a preset function.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is generated based on a random generation function.
  • the generation of the first identifier may be performed by the processing unit of the communication device, or the communication unit may receive the first identifier sent by the terminal device, and the application includes but is not limited thereto.
  • the processing unit before the communication unit sends the first message to the terminal device by using the wake-up radio interface, the processing unit generates the first identifier; the communications unit sends an indication of the first identifier to the terminal device information.
  • the communication unit before the sending, by the communication unit, the first message to the terminal device, the communication unit receives the indication information of the first identifier sent by the terminal device.
  • the second identifier is a mobility management network element temporary mobile subscriber identity M-TMSI or a service temporary mobile subscriber identity S-TMSI of the terminal device.
  • the communication device is an access network device or a mobility management entity MME.
  • the fourth aspect provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a wake-up radio frequency interface and a main interface, where the wake-up radio frequency interface is used to generate a trigger signal, where the trigger signal is used to activate the main interface.
  • the primary interface is used for communication between the terminal device and the access network device, and the terminal device is located in at least one of the plurality of tracking areas TA controlled by the mobility management entity MME, and the method includes:
  • a communication unit configured to receive a first message by using the wake-up radio interface, where the first message is used to trigger the wake-up radio interface to generate the trigger signal, and the first message carries a first identifier, where the first identifier is that the terminal device is An identifier in the first TA list, where the first TA list includes at least one of the plurality of TAs, and the length of the first identifier is smaller than the length of the second identifier, where the second identifier is a unique identifier within the scope of the MME control;
  • the processing unit is configured to: after determining that the first message is valid according to the first identifier, control the wake-up radio interface to generate a trigger signal according to the first message, to activate the primary interface;
  • the communication unit is further configured to communicate with the network device through the primary interface.
  • the first identifier is generated based on the second identifier.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is intercepted from the sequence of the second identifier, or the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming the sequence of the second identifier based on a preset function.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is generated based on a random generation function.
  • the generation of the first identifier may be performed by a processing unit of the communication device, or the communication unit may receive the first identifier sent by the network device, and the application includes but is not limited thereto.
  • the method before the communication unit receives the first message by using the wake-up radio interface, the method further includes: the terminal device generates the first identifier; and the terminal device sends the first identifier to the network device Instructions.
  • the method before the receiving, by the communication unit, the first message by using the wake-up radio interface, the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, the indication information of the first identifier sent by the network device.
  • the first identifier is a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI of the terminal device.
  • the second identifier is a mobility management network element temporary mobile subscriber identity M-TMSI or S-TMSI of the terminal device.
  • the processing unit may first determine the state in which the communication device is located, for example, when the processing unit determines whether the communication device is in the connected state RRC_CONNECTED or the idle state RRC_IDLE. Regardless of whether it is the connected state RRC_CONNECTED or the idle state RRC_IDLE, the processing unit uses the low power short identifier WU-TMSI as the target terminal device identifier in the WUS. This identification method enables the wake-up frame WUS to carry shorter and fixed bit length information, simplifying the design of the data structure in the WUS.
  • the processing unit determines that the communication device is in the RRC_IDLE state
  • the processing unit identifies the target terminal device in the WUS as WU-TMSI
  • the processing unit determines that the communication device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state
  • the processing unit targets the WUS.
  • the terminal device identifier is a cell-level unique identifier of the terminal device, such as a C-RNTI.
  • This method can shorten the information bit length in the WUS in the RRC_CONNECTED state, and does not cause blurring when the base station transmits the WUS and the terminal device receives the WUS. Since there are two WUS lengths, the base station should support the transmission of two lengths of WUS, and the terminal equipment should support the reception of two lengths of WUS.
  • a network device including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is configured to control a transceiver transceiver signal for storing a computer program for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the network device performs any of the first aspect and the first aspect described above.
  • a terminal device including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is configured to control a transceiver transceiver signal for storing a computer program, the processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the terminal device performs any one of the second aspect and the second aspect described above A method in any of the possible implementations of the implementation.
  • a communication device which may be a network device in the above method design, or a chip disposed in a network device.
  • the communication device includes a processor coupled to the memory for executing instructions in the memory to implement the method of the first aspect and any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect of the network device.
  • the communication device further comprises a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, the processor being coupled to the communication interface.
  • a communication device which may be a terminal device in the above method design or a chip disposed in the terminal device.
  • the communication device includes a processor coupled to the memory for executing instructions in the memory to implement the method performed by the terminal device in any of the possible implementations of the second aspect and the second aspect.
  • the communication device further comprises a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, the processor being coupled to the communication interface.
  • a network entity which may be a network entity in a core network, such as a mobility management entity MME, or a gateway (such as a serving gateway SGW and/or a packet data gateway PGW).
  • the network entity may also be a network entity in the information management system IMS.
  • the network entity is configured to identify the service type of the UE, and notify the base station of the information about the identified UE service, so as to support the UE and the base station to implement the solution designed in the first aspect and the second aspect of the foregoing communication method.
  • a communication system comprising any one of the network devices (such as a base station or a mobility management network element MME) of any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the third aspect and the third aspect And the terminal device UE of any one of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect and the fourth aspect; or the system includes the base station according to the third aspect and the network entity of the ninth aspect; Alternatively, the system includes the UE described in the above fourth aspect, the base station according to the third aspect, and the network entity described in the ninth aspect.
  • the network devices such as a base station or a mobility management network element MME
  • a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the method of the above aspects.
  • a computer readable medium storing program code for causing a computer to perform the method of the above aspects when the computer program code is run on a computer.
  • a chip system comprising a processor for supporting a terminal device to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, for example, generating, receiving, determining, transmitting, or processing the method involved in the foregoing method Data and / or information.
  • the chip system further comprises a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a chip system comprising a processor for supporting a network device to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, for example, generating, receiving, determining, transmitting, or processing the method involved in the above method Data and / or information.
  • the chip system further comprises a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of interfaces between a terminal device and a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a wake-up signal transmission period provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of an identifier of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of an example communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of interaction of an example communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an example of terminal device identity generation according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another example of generating a terminal device identifier according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another example of generating a terminal device identifier according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of interaction of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of interaction of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of still another example of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of still another example of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of still another example of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • a component can be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
  • an application running on a computing device and a computing device can be a component.
  • One or more components can reside within a process and/or execution thread, and the components can be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component may, for example, be based on signals having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component between the local system, the distributed system, and/or the network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • data packets eg, data from two components interacting with another component between the local system, the distributed system, and/or the network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems
  • the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the “protocol” may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, and may include, for example, the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols used in a future communication system, which is not limited in this application.
  • pre-definition may be implemented by pre-storing corresponding codes, tables, or other manners that can be used to indicate related information in a device (for example, including a terminal device and a network device).
  • a device for example, including a terminal device and a network device.
  • pre-definition can be defined in the protocol.
  • reporting and “feedback” are often used interchangeably, but those skilled in the art can understand the meaning thereof.
  • the feedback CSI and the feedback CSI may all be substantially the CSI transmitted through the physical uplink channel. Therefore, in the embodiments of the present application, the meanings to be expressed are consistent when the distinction is not emphasized.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • the wireless communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 is taken as an example to describe the communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system 100 can include one or more access network devices, such as the access network device 110 shown in FIG. 1; the wireless communication system 100 can also include one or more terminal devices.
  • the terminal device 120, the terminal device 130, and the terminal device 140 shown in FIG. 1; the wireless communication system 100 may further include a core network device, for example, the core network device 130 shown in FIG. 1.
  • the wireless communication system 100 can support Coordinated Multiple Points Transmission (CoMP), that is, multiple cells or multiple network devices can cooperatively participate in data transmission of one terminal device or jointly receive data transmitted by one terminal device, or Multiple cells or multiple network devices perform cooperative scheduling or cooperative beamforming.
  • CoMP Coordinated Multiple Points Transmission
  • the multiple cells may belong to the same network device or different network devices, and may be selected according to channel gain or path loss, received signal strength, received signal instructions, and the like.
  • the access network device is a network element in the access network.
  • the access network device 110 may be a device for communicating with the mobile device. It should be understood that the access network device 110 may be any device having a wireless transceiving function or a chip that can be disposed on the device.
  • the device includes but is not limited to: an evolved Node B (eNB), a Radio Network Controller (RNC), a Node B (NB), and a Base Station Controller (BSC).
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • RNC Radio Network Controller
  • NB Node B
  • BSC Base Station Controller
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • home base station for example, Home evolved NodeB, or Home Node B, HNB
  • Baseband Unit BBU
  • WIFI Wireless Fidelity
  • AP wireless relay node
  • TP transmission point
  • TRP transmission and reception point
  • 5G for example, NR, gNB in the system, or transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of base stations (including multiple antenna panels) in the 5G system, or, alternatively, may constitute a gNB or pass Point of network nodes, such as a baseband unit (the BBU), or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) and the like.
  • the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include a radio unit (RU).
  • the CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB.
  • the CU implements radio resource control (RRC), the function of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, and the DU implements the wireless chain.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU implements the wireless chain.
  • the functions of the radio link control (RLC), the media access control (MAC), and the physical (PHY) layer Since the information of the RRC layer eventually becomes information of the PHY layer or is transformed by the information of the PHY layer, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling or PHCP layer signaling, can also be used in this architecture.
  • the network device can be a CU node, or a DU node, or a device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • the CU may be divided into network devices in the access network RAN, and the CU may be divided into network devices in the core network (Core Network, CN), which is not limited herein.
  • the access network device provides a service for the cell
  • the terminal device communicates with the access network device by using a transmission resource (for example, a frequency domain resource, or a spectrum resource) used by the cell
  • a transmission resource for example, a frequency domain resource, or a spectrum resource
  • the cell It may be a cell corresponding to an access network device (for example, a base station), and the cell may belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell, where the small cell may include: a metro cell and a micro cell ( Micro cell), Pico cell, Femto cell, etc.
  • Micro cell Micro cell
  • Pico cell Pico cell
  • Femto cell etc.
  • the core network device 130 can be connected to multiple access network devices for controlling the access network device, and can distribute data received from the network side (for example, the Internet) to the access network device, for example, in the present application.
  • the network side for example, the Internet
  • it may be a Mobility Management Entity Function (MME) or the like responsible for mobility management, and the present application is not limited thereto.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity Function
  • the network device may include the access network device 110 or the core network device 130.
  • the embodiment of the present application mainly relates to communication and interaction between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the access network in this document The device and the core network device are collectively referred to as a network device, or in a specific interaction description, respectively, as an access network device and a core network device.
  • the terminal device 120 in the wireless communication system 100 may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal. , terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone, a tablet, a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (AR) terminal.
  • Equipment wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation security ( A wireless terminal in a transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, and the like.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the application scenario.
  • the foregoing terminal device and a chip that can be disposed in the foregoing terminal device are collectively referred to as a terminal device.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (IoT) system, and the IoT is an important component of future information technology development, and its main technical feature is to pass the article through the communication technology. Connected to the network to realize an intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and physical interconnection.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • network device and the terminal device are schematically illustrated in FIG. 1 for convenience of understanding, but this should not constitute any limitation to the present application, and a more or less number of network devices may be included in the wireless communication system.
  • a network device that can communicate with different terminal devices may be the same network device or a different network device, and the number of network devices that communicate with different terminal devices may be the same.
  • the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the communication system 100 may be a PLMN network, a D2D network, an M2M network, an IoT network, an NB-IoT network, or other networks.
  • FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram of the example, and the network may also include other access network devices, FIG. Not drawn.
  • the communication and interaction between the base station eNB, the terminal device UE, and the mobility management entity MME are taken as an example for specific description.
  • the wake-up radio is also known as the Wake-up Receiver (WUR).
  • WUR refers to a terminal device (such as a UE) that introduces a WUR interface on the basis of configuring a main main interface or a main module.
  • a signal that can be used for receiving and decoding by the wake-up radio frequency WUR is called a wake-up signal.
  • the WUR of the UE is continuously in the receiving state, or is intermittently in the receiving state.
  • the WUR receives the wake-up signal from the base station (for example, the wake-up packet, also called the wake-up frame, etc.) in the receiving state, the trigger signal is sent to the main module to Wake up the main module in the off state, and then perform data interaction with the main module of the base station through the wake-up main module.
  • the base station side also logically includes the main module and the WUR module, but for the current 3GPP standard, the main module is often an OFDM wideband transmitter, and the WUR wakeup signal may be a narrowband signal (to reduce the WUR receiving power consumption).
  • OFDM wideband transmitters can be used to generate narrowband WUR wakeup signals. For example, a partial subcarrier of the OFDM signal is vacant and the signal is transmitted only on the narrowband corresponding to the WUR wakeup signal, thereby generating a narrowband signal. This is an example of generating a WUR narrowband signal by using an OFDM wideband transmitter, so that the base station side can include only one master. interface.
  • the main module and the WUR module can be separately implemented, that is, the base station side can also include the main module and the WUR module.
  • the network device sends the wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device, which is based on the first communication mode, that is, the data format of the WUS is that the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device can be identified and acquired.
  • the network device sends the wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device, which is based on the first communication mode, that is, the data format of the WUS is that the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device can be identified and acquired.
  • the trigger signal is used to trigger and activate the main interface.
  • the main module is usually in the off state. Only when the trigger signal from the WUR module is received, the main module is activated, and then the main module communicates with the base station.
  • the trigger signal may be an interrupt signal sent by the WUR module to the main module, and is used to trigger the main module to enter an activation state, and the trigger signal is an internal signal of the UE, and may be transmitted by wire or wirelessly. It should be noted that the above WUR module sends a trigger signal to the main module in a logical manner. In an actual system, the WUR interface can also forward the received wake-up signal to the processor, and the processor determines whether to wake up the main module. The trigger signal is actually sent by the processor or directed by the processor to other modules.
  • a network device can send a page to a terminal device in an idle state and a connected state.
  • the paging process may be triggered by the core network as shown in FIG. 1 to notify a certain terminal device to receive a paging request, or may also be triggered by the network device to notify the system information update.
  • the paging message in the LTE system is carried by a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) scheduled by a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • a PDSCH channel can carry up to 16 paging messages of a UE, and paging messages of multiple UEs form a paging list paging register, and the UE reads a paging record of each UE in the paging Record List, Paging Record.
  • the identifier UE-Identity of the paged UE is included. If the UE finds that its own UE flag is consistent with a certain UE-Identity, it determines that it is paged by the network device. Since paging messages of multiple UEs are transmitted in one PDSCH and the network device does not know the channel quality of the idle state UE, the general network sends a paging to the UE with a conservative MCS, a lower code rate, or a larger one. The bandwidth is scheduled to ensure that the UE at the cell edge can receive the paging message.
  • the network device sends a wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device according to the first communication manner, and the WUS activates the WUR to generate a trigger signal to activate the main interface of the terminal device.
  • the network device can then communicate with the terminal device at a time.
  • the network device sends the first data to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first data through the primary interface, and the communication process is performed based on the second communication manner.
  • the format of the first data is a data format that the main interface of the terminal device can receive and recognize.
  • This application includes but is not limited to.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an interface between a terminal device 120 and a base station 110 according to an embodiment of the present application. Specifically, the above concept will be described in detail in conjunction with FIG. 2.
  • the modules for data communication are collectively referred to as a main communication module, which may also be referred to as a main interface or a main module, such as the main interface 122 shown in FIG. 2; the modules for device wake-up, collectively referred to as wake-up
  • the radio frequency module which may also be referred to as a wake-up radio interface or wake-up radio frequency (WUR) is the main interface 121 as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the eNB 110 includes at least one primary interface 111 and an antenna module 112.
  • the UE 120 includes at least one WUR interface 121, a primary interface 122, and an antenna module 123.
  • the eNB 110 in FIG. 2 may also include a WUR interface, which is not limited in this application.
  • the eNB 110 transmits a wake-up frame 150 (one of the wake-up signals) to the WUR 121 of the UE 120.
  • a wake-up frame 150 one of the wake-up signals
  • the WUR 121 of the UE 120 receives the wake-up frame 150 from the base station in the receiving state, it transmits a trigger signal to the main interface 122 to wake up.
  • the main module in the off state then performs the interaction of the data frame 160 with the main interface 111 of the eNB 110 through the awake main interface 122, thereby completing the communication process.
  • both the eNB 110 and the UE 120 may have only one antenna, which is mainly considering that the primary interface and the WUR interface use the same or close frequency carrier. Share the same antenna to save cost and simplify equipment structure. Of course, it is obviously feasible to use different antennas for the main interface and the WUR module respectively.
  • the primary interface and the WUR interface use different frequency band carriers with a larger distance in the frequency domain, the two antennas should be configured with different antennas. For example, the primary interface uses the 6 GHz band and the WUR interface uses the 1.8 GHz band, where both antennas should use different antennas.
  • the UE adopts the WUR receiving signal to reduce the power consumption compared to the receiving signal using the main interface.
  • the main reason is that the receiving and decoding of the wake-up signal is much simpler than the traditional main interface signal.
  • the wake-up signal is usually modulated by a receiver that is easy to receive, such as on-off key (OOK) modulation, frequency shift keying (FSK), and amplitude shift keying (ASK). Wait.
  • OOK modulation as an example, the receiving end judges the information carried by the receiving signal by the presence or absence of energy, for example, the energy is 1, and the energy is zero.
  • the traditional primary interface signal uses Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM), Turbo coding/Low-density Parity Check (LDPC)/Polarization Code (Polar) at the transmitting end. Code) channel coding, etc., correspondingly, the receiving end needs to perform complex signal processing operations such as Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) and Forward Error Correction (FEC) decoding. A lot of energy.
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • LDPC Low-density Parity Check
  • FEC Forward Error Correction
  • Another way to implement a low power WUR is to use a passive receiver at the receiving end, such as Near Field Communication (NFC) technology.
  • NFC Near Field Communication
  • the main interface 111 of the eNB 110 in FIG. 2, and the main interface 122 of the UE 120 may be a communication interface such as a wireless (WiFi) communication interface or Bluetooth (BlueTooth).
  • WiFi wireless
  • Bluetooth Bluetooth
  • the WUR interface on the UE side only supports the receiving capability of the wake-up signal without supporting the transmission capability.
  • the transmitting end of the wake-up signal may be a base station
  • the receiving end is a terminal device equipped with a WUR, such as a mobile phone, a sensor, and the like
  • the sending end of the wake-up signal may also be a terminal device, such as a mobile phone.
  • the terminal device is listed;
  • the receiving terminal is another terminal device equipped with WUR, such as a smart watch, a wristband, and the like, and the terminal device of the wake-up signal can also be a terminal device, such as a mobile phone, etc.
  • the sending end of the wake-up signal can also be a terminal device, such as a smart watch, a wristband, etc.
  • the receiving end is a terminal device equipped with a WUR, such as a mobile phone.
  • the sender of the wake-up signal needs to have the wake-up signal transmission capability, and the receiver must be equipped with a WUR interface to receive the wake-up signal.
  • the base station in the present application indicates the transmitting end of the wake-up signal, and the UE indicates the receiving end of the wake-up signal, and does not represent the specific product form of the transceiver device.
  • the wake-up signal is a general term for all signals that can be received and decoded by the WUR.
  • the wake-up signal may be the aforementioned wake-up frame or other frames. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the awake window provided by the embodiment of the present application. The appearance of such an awake window should be regular so that the base station can know when the WUR of the UE can receive the wake-up signal. For example, in Fig. 3, T is a period in which WUR is active during a period of time t (time shown by the shaded portion in the figure).
  • T is 100 ms and t is 20 ms, then the WUR is activated for 20 ms every 100 ms. It should be understood that the times of T and t herein are merely examples, and the application includes but is not limited thereto.
  • the wake-up frame 150 may be sent in the wake-up window t time of the UE, thereby waking up the main interface 122 of the UE 120.
  • the start time, window duration, and period of the wake-up window can be standard pre-defined or configured by the base station.
  • the awake window may not be introduced, that is, the WUR of the UE is always in the listening state, which makes the base station wake up the UE at any time, which is beneficial to reduce the wakeup delay, and the disadvantage is that the UE consumes energy.
  • the WUR interface For a terminal device that has introduced the WUR interface, that is, the UE is configured with a WUR interface, when the base station has no data to send to the UE and the UE has no data transmission, the primary communication interface (such as NR/LTE/CDMA/GSM, etc.) of the UE is closed. Status, while the WUR interface is active or intermittently activated as shown in Figure 3.
  • the wake-up frame is first sent to the WUR interface of the UE, so that the UE wakes up its own main communication interface.
  • the wake-up frame should include the identifier ID of the UE, and the UE only wakes up its own primary communication interface when it detects that the target UE ID of the wake-up frame matches itself.
  • S-TMSI Service-Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity
  • GTI Globally Unique Temporary UE Identity
  • the S-TMSI is composed of an 8-bit Mobile Management Entity Code (MME Code, MMEC) and a 32-bit MME Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity (M-TMSI).
  • MME Code Mobile Management Entity Code
  • M-TMSI MME Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity
  • the network side paging user uses S-TMSI, and the identifier is carried in a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH). Since the PDSCH can carry a large amount of information, the S-TMSI can be used for user identification. However, WUS has low modulation order and high reliability requirements. The amount of information that a wake-up frame can carry may be limited. In addition, in a multi-device wake-up application scenario, the wake-up frame may also carry the user ID of multiple devices. . Therefore, a longer user identification may not be suitable for carrying in a wake-up frame.
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • WUS supports 62.5 kb/s and 250 kb/s, namely 62.5 b/ms and 250 b/ms.
  • each wake-up frame can only carry about 62 bits and 250 bits of information. Since the wake-up frame needs to carry at least a wake-up indication field, it is used to indicate that the frame is a wake-up frame, and other possible extended fields. So carrying a complete S-TMSI identification indication in a wake-up frame is not necessarily the best way to identify a low-power device.
  • C-RNTI Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • the C-RNTI is a UE in a connected state RRC_CONNECTED in the cell.
  • Uniquely identifies the C-RNTI can only be used for UEs in the RRC_CONNECTED state. Since the WUR technology may be applied to both the connected state RRC_CONNECTED and the idle state RRC_IDLE, and the C-RNTI cannot be applied to the low power device in the RRC_IDLE state, the use of the C-RNTI to identify the low power device has a scene limitation.
  • the present application proposes a method for identifying a low-power device, and proposes a short identifier suitable for a low-power device, which can reduce the number of bits required to identify a low-power device, and the short identifier is more suitable for carrying. WUS wake-up frame of length bits.
  • the low-power device short identifier saves space compared to the full-length identifier, making the design of multi-device wake-up frames more flexible.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an example of identifying a low power consumption device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 500 can be applied to the network device in the communication system described in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, specifically, the application includes an access network device.
  • a network device in a communication system of the terminal device and the mobility management entity MME the terminal device includes a wake-up radio frequency interface and a main interface, the wake-up radio frequency interface is configured to generate a trigger signal, and the trigger signal is used to activate the main An interface, the main interface is used for communication between the terminal device and the access network device, and the terminal device is in at least one of the plurality of tracking areas TA controlled by the MME, it should be understood that The application embodiment is not limited to this.
  • WU-TMSI Wake-up Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity
  • one MME may control multiple tracking areas TA, and the terminal equipment is located in at least one tracking area TA.
  • the network device allocates the WU-TMSI to the UE in the network, and the network side may allocate the WU-TMSI to the low-power device through the mobility management network element, where the mobility management network element may be the MME.
  • the TA list described in the present application includes at least one of the plurality of TAs controlled by one MME. For example, when the TA list includes 5 TAs, which are controlled by the same MME, then the WU-TMSI is the identifier in the 5 TAs; when the TA list includes 1 TA, then the WU-TMSI is A unique identifier within the TA.
  • the definition of the WU-TMSI has the following considerations: when the terminal device is in only one TA, within the TA, the WU-TMSI of the terminal device is unique; The device is in the TA list of the five TAs. The WU-TMSI is not unique. In this case, the identifiers of multiple terminal devices can be the same. The network side can wake up multiple terminal devices with similar functions at the same time.
  • the network device Even if the WUS erroneously wakes up multiple terminal devices, when the terminal device starts to communicate with the network device by using the primary interface, the network device still uses the S-TMSI or M-TMSI to identify the terminal device under the primary interface, so there will be a false wake-up.
  • a unique identifier such as S-TMSI or M-TMSI ensures that the network device can uniquely page the target terminal device. This application includes but is not limited to this.
  • FIG. 6 is a detailed description of the interaction between the terminal device and the network device. Specifically, a specific interaction process between the MME, the access network device, and the terminal device when the MME allocates the first identifier WU-TMSI to the terminal device UE.
  • a method for identifying a low power consumption device according to an embodiment of the present application will be described with reference to FIG. 5 and FIG. 6.
  • the method 600 includes the following.
  • the MME allocates a first identifier WU-TMSI to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first identifier allocated by the MME.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of the terminal device within a control range of a TA included in the first TA list
  • the first TA list includes at least one of the multiple TAs
  • the The length of the first identifier is smaller than the length of the second identifier
  • the second identifier is a unique identifier of the terminal device within the control range of the MME.
  • the second identifier is a unique temporary mobile subscriber identity S-TMSI or M-TMSI within the MME control range, because the M-TMSI includes 32-bit indication information, and the S-TMSI is based on the 32-bit M-TMSI and 8 bits.
  • the MME has a large amount of information, and the first embodiment of the present application is to introduce a first identifier, where the first identifier is an identifier in a TA or a TA list (a TA list includes multiple TAs), which can be reduced.
  • the number of bits is convenient to carry in the wake-up frame, and is adapted to the feature that the wake-up frame carries a limited number of bits.
  • one MME may control multiple tracking areas TA, and the terminal equipment is located in at least one tracking area TA.
  • the network device allocates the WU-TMSI to the UE in the network, and the WU-TMSI is the device identifier in the TA or TA list.
  • the TA list described in the present application includes at least one of the plurality of TAs controlled by one MME. For example, when the terminal device is in only one TA, the WU-TMSI of the terminal device is unique within the TA; when the terminal device is simultaneously in the TA list composed of multiple TAs, the WU-TMSI may not be unique of,
  • the first identifier is generated based on the second identifier.
  • the second identifier there are three possible implementations.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is intercepted from the sequence of the second identifier.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is generated by partially intercepting a sequence of S-TMSI or M-TMSI.
  • the original general ID configuration is inherited, that is, the composition of the WU-TMSI is: the management area + the intra-area ID.
  • the advantage of this scheme is that it facilitates the core network device MME to perform tracking of the terminal device based on the MME.
  • only 16 bits of the Partial M-TMSI domain means that only up to 65536 packets can be made to the terminal devices in the same MME (the group contains one or more terminal devices).
  • the 24 bits of the WU-TMSI are taken from the M-TMSI, that is, the intra-area ID.
  • the randomness of the ID is higher than the interception scheme of FIG.
  • the probability of a WU-TMSI repetition occurring under the TA list is much smaller than that of the interception scheme of FIG. 7, that is, the probability of being erroneously awakened is much smaller.
  • the base station can use the 1 bit indication information to indicate whether the terminal device intercepts or intercepts before using, and uses 5 bits of indication information to indicate how many bits are intercepted.
  • the base station needs to wake up the terminal device in the wake-up frame WUS, the base station directly carries the WU-TMSI in the ID field of the target terminal device.
  • the terminal device detects that the ID field of the target terminal device in the WUS is the same as its own WU-TMSI, the terminal device wakes up and communicates with the base station.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming the sequence of the second identifier based on a preset function.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming a sequence of S-TMSI or M-TMSI.
  • an embodiment of transform processing is divided into two steps: 1. intercepting a bit string for S-TMSI or M-TMSI; 2. scrambling the bit string using MMEC and/or TAC.
  • the TAC refers to the ID of the tracking area TA.
  • a pair of S-TMSI or M-TMSI is intercepted to obtain a bit string.
  • the obtained bit string is misaligned or XORed with the MMEC String and the TAC String to obtain the WU-TMSI, as shown in FIG.
  • the first step of Figure 9 takes an interception of the last 24 bits of the S-TMSI as an example.
  • the number and location of intercepted bits can be flexibly changed.
  • the scheme obtains the WU-TMSI by performing an exclusive-OR operation on the S-TMSI or M-TMSI part to intercept the obtained bit string and then performing an exclusive-OR operation with the MMEC and TAC bit strings. Since the MMEC and the TAC have geographical location characteristics, the bit string obtained by the S-TMSI or M-TMSI partial truncation is scrambled using the MMEC and TAC bit strings, and the directly intercepted bit string is further randomized.
  • the MMEC string is a bit string obtained by pre-interpolating or post-inserting (x-8) 0 bits to the MMEC.
  • the TAC string is a bit string obtained after pre-interpolating or post-inserting (x-16) 0 bits to the TAC.
  • the sequence of the first identification is generated based on a random generation function. That is, the base station can generate the WU-TMSI using any sequence random generation function and configure it to the terminal device.
  • the base station may also generate the WU-TMSI locally by the terminal device by configuring the parameters of the sequence random generation function for the terminal device.
  • the above scheme proposes a short identifier WU-TMSI suitable for low-power devices, which is adapted to the limited number of bearer bits of the wake-up frame, so that the number of bits required for identifying the terminal device is reduced, and is more suitable for WUS wake-up carrying finite-length bits. frame.
  • the low-power device short tag saves space compared to the full long tag, making the design of multi-device wake-up frames more flexible.
  • the length of the first identifier WU-TMSI is less than the length of the current M-TMSI by 32 bits, and the length of the WU-TMSI is greater than or equal to the length of the current C-RNTI by 16 bits. Obviously, if the length of the WU-TMSI is greater than the M-TMSI, the MUS can carry the M-TMSI.
  • the first identifier is a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI of the terminal device. Because the C-RNTI is 16 bits when the terminal device is in the connected state, it is the easiest to use the C-RNTI as the identification of the terminal device.
  • the target terminal device identifier in the WUS is WU-TMSI; for the RRC_CONNECTED state terminal device, the target terminal device identifier in the WUS is the cell-level unique identifier of the terminal device, such as C-RNTI. Because the terminal device is currently in the state, both the network side and the terminal device side are aware. Accordingly, what kind of target terminal device identifier should be sent by the network side and what target terminal device identifier the terminal device should receive is naturally clear to both parties. Know that.
  • this method can shorten the information bit length in the WUS in the RRC_CONNECTED state, and does not cause blurring when the base station transmits the WUS and the terminal device receives the WUS.
  • the base station since there are two WUS lengths, the base station should support the transmission of two lengths of WUS, and the terminal equipment should support the reception of two lengths of WUS.
  • the first identity may be generated by the MME, in which case the MME generates the first identity in any of the above possible ways. For example, first, the terminal device sends an identifier request message or a TA update message to the network device, requesting the network device to allocate the low power device identifier WU-TMSI to the terminal device. Second, the MME receives the request message and generates the first identifier WU-TMSI. Then, the MME allocates the first identifier to the terminal device. Specifically, the first identifier may be allocated by Radio Resource Control (RRC) or Media Access Control Element (MAC CE). The mode is configured to the terminal device.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC CE Media Access Control Element
  • the MME maintains an M-TMSI-to-WU-TMSI ID mapping table for all terminal devices in the MME control range.
  • the mappings in the table are one-to-one mapping.
  • IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number
  • the terminal device uniquely identifies the M-TMSI or S-TMSI and the first identifier WU-TMSI within the MME control range. Have a one-to-one mapping relationship.
  • IMSI M-TMSI WU-TMSI Own TA list ... 15 digits 32bits X bits TA list 1 ... 15 digits 32bits X bits TA list 2 ... 15 digits 32bits X bits TA list 3 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
  • the MME sends the first identifier to the terminal device, and the MME sends an indication message to the terminal device, where the indication message is used to instruct the terminal device to generate the first identifier.
  • the indication message includes a parameter or function that generates the first identifier, and the like.
  • the terminal device After receiving the indication message, the terminal device generates the first identifier according to the parameter or the function. Specifically, the first identifier may be generated according to any one of the foregoing manners.
  • the execution of the above S601 may be used only when the terminal device moves between the TAs, or when the terminal device is simultaneously in the TA list composed of multiple TAs, the above S601 The execution can be used only for various possible situations when the terminal device moves between the TA lists.
  • the foregoing implementation of the S601 may be used to: when the terminal device initially accesses the network device, or receives multiple times of paging on the network side, the embodiments of the present application include but are not limited thereto.
  • the MME sends a first paging message to the access network device, where the first paging message is used to initiate paging to the terminal device.
  • the first paging message may carry the first identifier.
  • the MME allocates the first identifier to the terminal device, so the MME may carry the first identifier WU-TMSI when the terminal device initiates paging.
  • the base station receives the first paging message sent by the MME, and performs S604 to send a wake-up frame to the terminal device that is accessed by the MME, and the wake-up frame carries the first identifier.
  • the base station acts as a bridge in the process of paging the terminal device by the MME.
  • the base station receives the first paging message of the MME, obtains the identifier of the terminal device in the first paging message, and sends the wakeup to the accessed multiple terminal devices. frame.
  • the base station may access multiple terminal devices, and after receiving the wake-up frame, the multiple terminal devices acquire the identifier of the terminal device carried in the wake-up frame.
  • the terminal device receives the wake-up frame WUS sent by the base station by using the wake-up radio frequency module WUR, where the wake-up frame WUS carries the first identifier WU-TMSI.
  • the terminal device After receiving the wake-up frame WUS, the terminal device performs S502 in FIG. 5, and after determining that the first message is valid according to the first identifier, the terminal device controls the wake-up radio frequency interface to generate according to the first message. A trigger signal to activate the primary interface.
  • the terminal device is configured with the WUR interface
  • the primary communication interface of the terminal device is in the off state, and the WUR interface is in the activated state or intermittently activated state.
  • the wake-up frame WUS is first sent to the WUR interface of the terminal device, so that the terminal device wakes up its own main communication interface.
  • the wake-up frame should include the identifier ID of the terminal device, and only the terminal device wakes up its own main communication interface when it detects that the target ID of the wake-up frame matches itself.
  • the terminal device receives the wake-up frame sent by the base station, obtains the first identifier WU-TMSI carried by the wake-up frame, and compares the identifier with the identifier. By comparison, if the identifier is consistent with the self-identification, the wake-up frame is received, and the WUR is triggered to generate a trigger signal for triggering and activating the main interface.
  • the main module is usually in the off state. Only when the trigger signal from the WUR module is received, the main module is activated, and then the main module communicates with the base station.
  • the trigger signal may be an interrupt signal sent by the WUR module to the main module, and is used to trigger the main module to enter an activation state, and the trigger signal is an internal signal of the UE, and may be transmitted by wire or wirelessly.
  • the above WUR module sends a trigger signal to the main module in a logical manner.
  • the WUR interface can also forward the received wake-up signal to the processor, and the processor determines whether to wake up the main module.
  • the trigger signal is actually sent by the processor or directed by the processor to other modules. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application include but are not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device has activated the primary interface 122, and the network device performs S520 in FIG. 5.
  • the network device sends the first data to the terminal device, where the format of the first data is related to the primary interface.
  • the format of the match is a prefix (ID) for the terminal device.
  • - TMSI is a unique identifier to ensure that the network device can uniquely page the target terminal device. Therefore, even if the error is awakened, there will be a unique identifier such as S-TMSI or M-TMSI to ensure that the network device can uniquely page the target terminal device.
  • the network device sends the wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device, which is based on the first communication mode, that is, the data format of the WUS is that the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device can be identified and acquired.
  • the first communication mode that is, the data format of the WUS is that the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device can be identified and acquired.
  • the network device sends a wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device according to the first communication manner, and the WUS activates the WUR to generate a trigger signal to activate the main interface of the terminal device.
  • the network device can then communicate with the terminal device at a time. For example, the network device sends the first data to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first data through the primary interface, and the communication process is performed based on the second communication manner. That is, the format of the first data is a data format that the main interface of the terminal device can receive and recognize.
  • the mobility management entity MME allocates one WU-TMSI to the terminal equipment in the MME control range, and updates the ID mapping table in the MME control range. Thereafter, if the terminal device enters the WUR activation mode, and the network side needs to page the terminal device, the network side may indicate to the MME to page the terminal device by using the S-TMSI.
  • the MME sends a paging request to the base station under the TA or TAI list to which the low-power device belongs according to the local ID mapping table, and carries the low-power short identifier WU-TMSI of the terminal device, indicating that the base stations are short-identified by the WU- TMSI paging terminal equipment.
  • the base station carries the target WU-TMSI in the WUS to wake up the target terminal device.
  • the target terminal device finds that the target WU-TMSI carried in the WUS is consistent with the WU-TMSI allocated by itself, the base station wakes up the main interface, and then passes through the main interface. Communicate with the base station.
  • the terminal device when the network side allocates WU-TMSI, the terminal device should be in the RRC_Connected state.
  • the terminal device When the base station sends the WUS, the terminal device may be in the RRC_Connected state or the RRC_Idle state.
  • the MME allocates a low power consumption short identifier WU-TMSI to the terminal device, and the network side can also allocate WU-TMSI to the low power consumption device through the base station.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of still another example of identifying a low power consumption device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is also applied to the communication system described in FIG. 1 and FIG.
  • FIG. 10 is a detailed description of the interaction between the terminal device and the network device. Specifically, a specific interaction process between the MME, the base station, and the terminal device when the base station allocates the first identifier WU-TMSI to the terminal device is specifically illustrated.
  • a method for identifying a low power consumption device according to an embodiment of the present application will be described with reference to FIG. 10 and FIG.
  • a plurality of tracking areas TA are included in one MME control range, and a plurality of base stations may be included in one TA.
  • the base station 1 and the base station 2 to the base station n are described.
  • the method 1000 includes the following.
  • the base station 1 allocates a first identifier WU-TMSI to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first identifier allocated by the MME.
  • the base station 1 indicates an update of the ID mapping table between all base stations in the same TA area.
  • the base station allocates one WU-TMSI to the terminal device, and the base station indicates the update ID mapping table to other base stations under the same TA by using an X2 interface or the like.
  • the X2 interface is an interconnection interface between base stations, enabling direct transmission of data and signaling.
  • the base station of the same TA maintains the ID mapping table of the S-TMSI to the WU-TMSI (or the M-TMSI to the WU-TMSI) of all the terminal devices in a TA, as shown in Table 2 below, the first identifier of the terminal device WU - TMS and S-TMSI are one-to-one mapping.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of still another example of identifying a low power consumption device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal device can be paged to the MME with an S-TMSI indication.
  • the MME indicates to the paging terminal device with S-TMSI to all base stations (e.g., base station 1, base station 2 to base station n) under the TA to which the low power consumption device belongs.
  • the base station carries the target WU-TMSI in the wake-up frame WUS to wake up the target terminal device according to the local ID mapping table.
  • the target terminal device finds that the target WU-TMSI carried in the WUS is consistent with the WU-TMSI allocated by itself,
  • the main interface is awake, and then communicates with the base station through the main interface.
  • the method 1100 includes the following.
  • the MME sends a first paging message to the base station, where the first paging message carries the second identifier.
  • the second identifier is S-TMSI or M-TMSI.
  • the step may further carry the first identifier, if the base station notifies the MME of the low-power device short identifier WU-TMSI in a certain manner after allocating the low-power device short identifier WU-TMSI to the terminal device. If the MME already has the short identifier information of the terminal device, the MME may also carry the low power consumption device short identifier WU-TMSI, that is, the foregoing first identifier. It should be understood that the application includes but is not limited thereto.
  • the base station sends a wake-up frame WUS to the terminal device, where the wake-up frame carries the first identifier.
  • S1103 The terminal device receives the wake-up frame, and after determining that the wake-up frame is valid according to the first identifier, controlling, by the wake-up frame, the wake-up radio interface to generate a trigger signal to activate the primary interface, where The terminal device communicates with the network device through the primary interface.
  • the network device sends the wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device, which is based on the first communication mode, that is, the data format of the WUS is that the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device can be identified and acquired.
  • the network device sends the wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device, which is based on the first communication mode, that is, the data format of the WUS is that the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device can be identified and acquired.
  • the network device sends a wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device according to the first communication manner, and the WUS activates the WUR to generate a trigger signal to activate the main interface of the terminal device.
  • the network device can then communicate with the terminal device at a time. For example, the network device sends the first data to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first data through the primary interface, and the communication process is performed based on the second communication manner. That is, the format of the first data is a data format that the main interface of the terminal device can receive and recognize. Embodiments of the application include, but are not limited to, this. In the above process, the coordination between the base stations should also avoid the problem of duplication of the WU-TMSI allocated under the same TA.
  • WU-TMSI is a low-power device identifier that is unique to a terminal device within a TA or TA list.
  • the network side may allocate a new WU-TMSI to the terminal device through the process of FIG. 6 or FIG. 10 during the TA update process, and the WU-TMSI may be tracked.
  • the zone update is carried in the content of the TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message.
  • the wake-up main interface performs a TA update process. In this process, the network side allocates a new WU-TMSI to the terminal device through the process described in FIG. 6 or FIG.
  • one terminal device may belong to multiple TAs at the same time, that is, one terminal device corresponds to one TA list, and one or more TAs may be included in the TA List.
  • the TA in the above description should be replaced with a TA List
  • the WU-TMSI should be a low-power device identifier that the terminal device has unique within its corresponding TA List.
  • the target terminal device identifier in the WUS is implemented by the following two possible implementation manners.
  • the target terminal device identifier in the WUS uses the low power short identifier WU-TMSI. This identification method enables the wake-up frame WUS to carry shorter and fixed bit length information, simplifying the design of the data structure in the WUS.
  • the target terminal device identifier in the WUS is WU-TMSI; for the RRC_CONNECTED state terminal device, the target terminal device identifier in the WUS is a cell-level unique identifier of the terminal device, such as a C-RNTI.
  • this method can shorten the information bit length in the WUS in the RRC_CONNECTED state, and does not cause blurring when the base station transmits the WUS and the terminal device receives the WUS. Since there are two WUS lengths, the base station should support the transmission of two lengths of WUS, and the terminal equipment should support the reception of two lengths of WUS.
  • the WU-TMSI may be a unique identifier within the TA or TAI list.
  • the WU-TMSI of the device in the scenario may not be unique, so that the group wake-up operation can be implemented.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1200 can correspond to (eg, can be configured or itself) the terminal device described in the method 600 or method 1000 above.
  • the communication device 1200 is applied to a communication system including an access network device and a mobility management entity MME, the communication device 1200 includes at least a wake-up radio frequency interface and a main interface, and the wake-up radio frequency interface is configured to generate a trigger signal, the trigger The signal is used to activate the primary interface, where the primary interface is used for communication between the terminal device and the access network device, and the terminal device is at least one of multiple tracking areas TA controlled by the MME Within TA.
  • the communication device 1200 can include a communication unit 1210 and a processing unit 1220.
  • the communication device 1200 can be a terminal device or a chip configured in the terminal device.
  • the communication unit 1210 is configured to receive the first message by using the wake-up radio frequency interface, where the first message is used to trigger the wake-up radio interface to generate the trigger signal, and the first message carries a first identifier, where the first identifier is the terminal device
  • the identifier in the first TA list, the first TA list list includes at least one of the plurality of TAs, and the length of the first identifier is smaller than the length of the second identifier, where the second identifier is that the terminal device is
  • the MME controls the unique identifier within the scope.
  • the processing unit 1220 is configured to control, according to the first identifier, the wake-up radio interface to generate a trigger signal to activate the primary interface, after determining that the first message is valid according to the first identifier.
  • the communication unit 1210 is further configured to communicate with the network device by the terminal device through the primary interface.
  • the first identifier is generated based on the second identifier.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is intercepted from the sequence of the second identifier, or the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming a sequence of the second identifier based on a preset function. .
  • the sequence of the first identifier is generated based on a random generation function.
  • the generation of the first identifier may be performed by the processing unit 1220 of the communication device 1200, or the communication unit 1210 may receive the first identifier sent by the network device, and the application includes but is not limited thereto.
  • the processing unit 1220 is configured to generate the first identifier; the communication unit 1210 sends the first identifier to the network device.
  • the indication information of the first identifier is configured to generate the first identifier.
  • the communication unit 1210 before the communication unit 1210 receives the first message by using the wake-up radio interface, the communication unit 1210 receives the indication information of the first identifier sent by the network device.
  • the processing unit 1220 determines that the terminal device is in a connected state, the processing unit 1220 determines a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI of the terminal device as the first identifier.
  • the processing unit 1220 may first determine the state in which the communication device 1200 is located, for example, when the processing unit 1220 determines whether the communication device 1200 is in the connected state RRC_CONNECTED or the idle state RRC_IDLE. Regardless of whether it is the connected state RRC_CONNECTED or the idle state RRC_IDLE, the processing unit 1220 uses the low power short identifier WU-TMSI as the target terminal device identifier in the WUS. This identification method enables the wake-up frame WUS to carry shorter and fixed bit length information, simplifying the design of the data structure in the WUS.
  • the processing unit 1220 determines that the communication device 1200 is in the RRC_IDLE state, the processing unit 1220 identifies the target terminal device in the WUS as WU-TMSI; when the processing unit 1220 determines that the communication device 1200 is in the RRC_CONNECTED state, the processing unit The 1220 identifies the target terminal device in the WUS as a cell-level unique identifier of the terminal device, such as a C-RNTI.
  • This method can shorten the information bit length in the WUS in the RRC_CONNECTED state, and does not cause blurring when the base station transmits the WUS and the terminal device receives the WUS. Since there are two WUS lengths, the base station should support the transmission of two lengths of WUS, and the terminal equipment should support the reception of two lengths of WUS.
  • the communication device 1200 may correspond to the terminal device in the communication method 600 and the terminal device in the communication method 1100 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1200 may include a communication method 600 for performing the communication method of FIG. A module of a method performed by a terminal device in 1100. Moreover, the modules in the communication device 1200 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively used to implement the corresponding processes in the communication method 600 and the communication method 1100 of FIG. 6, and specifically, the communication unit 1210 is used in the steps of the method 600.
  • step 601 and step 604, or the communication unit 1210 is used in step 1002 and step 1103 in the method 1100; the processing unit 1220 is configured to perform step 605 in the method 600, or the processing unit 1220 is configured to perform step 1103 in the method 1100.
  • the specific process for performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps in each unit has been described in detail in the method 600 and the method 1100. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1300 may correspond to (eg, may be configured or itself) a network device described in the foregoing method 600 and method 1100.
  • the communication device 1300 may be an access network device or a core network device, and is applied to a communication system including a terminal device, where the terminal device includes at least a wake-up radio frequency interface and a main interface, where the wake-up radio frequency interface is used to generate a trigger signal.
  • the trigger signal is used to activate the primary interface, and the primary interface is used for communication between the terminal device and the communication device 1300, and the terminal device is in multiple tracking areas TA controlled by the core network device. At least one of the TAs.
  • the communication device 1300 may include a communication unit 1310 and a transceiver unit 1320.
  • the communication device 1300 can be a network device or a chip configured in the network device.
  • the communication unit 1310 is configured to send a first message to the terminal device by using the wake-up radio frequency interface, where the first message is used to trigger the wake-up radio interface to generate the trigger signal, and the first message carries a first identifier, where the first identifier is An identifier of the terminal device in the first TA list, where the first TA list includes at least one of the plurality of TAs, and the length of the first identifier is smaller than the length of the second identifier, where the second identifier is A unique identifier of the terminal device within the control range of the MME.
  • the processing unit 1320 is configured to communicate with the terminal device through the primary interface after the terminal device controls the wake-up radio interface to generate a trigger signal to activate the primary interface according to the first message.
  • the first identifier is generated based on the second identifier.
  • the sequence of the first identifier is intercepted from the sequence of the second identifier, or the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming a sequence of the second identifier based on a preset function. .
  • the sequence of the first identifier is generated based on a random generation function.
  • the generation of the first identifier may be performed by the processing unit 1320 of the communication device 1300, or the communication unit 1310 may receive the first identifier sent by the terminal device, and the application includes but is not limited thereto.
  • the processing unit 1320 is configured to generate the first identifier; the communication unit 1310 Sending, to the terminal device, indication information of the first identifier.
  • the communication unit 1310 before the communication unit 1310 sends the first message to the terminal device by using the wake-up radio interface, the communication unit 1310 receives an indication of the first identifier sent by the terminal device. information.
  • the second identifier is a mobility management network element temporary mobile subscriber identity M-TMSI or S-TMSI of the terminal device.
  • the communication device 1300 may correspond to the network device in the communication method 600 according to the embodiment of the present application and the network device in the communication method 1100, and the communication device 1300 may include a communication method 600 for performing the communication method of FIG. A module of a method performed by a network device in 1100. Moreover, the modules in the communication device 1300 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively used to implement the corresponding processes in the communication method 600 and the communication method 1100 of FIG. 6, and specifically, the communication unit 1310 is used in the steps of the method 600.
  • step 601, step 602 and step 604, or the communication unit 1310 is used in step 1002 and step 1102 in the method 1100; the processing unit 1320 is configured to perform step 603 in the method 600, and the specific process of each unit performing the corresponding step in the method It has been described in detail in the method 600 and the method 1100. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1400 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 1400 includes a processor 1410 and a transceiver 1420.
  • the terminal device 1400 further includes a memory 1430.
  • the processor 1410, the transceiver 1420, and the memory 1430 communicate with each other through an internal connection path for transferring control and/or data signals.
  • the memory 1430 is configured to store a computer program, and the processor 1410 is configured to be called from the memory 1430.
  • the computer program is run to control the transceiver 1420 to send and receive signals.
  • the processor 1410 and the memory 1430 described above may synthesize a processing device, and the processor 1410 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 1430 to implement the above functions.
  • the memory 1430 may also be integrated in the processor 1410 or independent of the processor 1410.
  • the terminal device may further include an antenna 1440.
  • the primary interface of the terminal device and the wake-up radio frequency WUR in the embodiment are used to send downlink data or downlink control signaling output by the transceiver 1420 through a wireless signal.
  • the terminal device 1400 may correspond to the terminal device in the communication method 600 and the terminal device in the communication method 1100 according to an embodiment of the present application, and the terminal device 1400 may include a communication method 600 and a communication method for performing the method of FIG. A module of a method performed by a terminal device in 1100.
  • each module in the terminal device 1400 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding processes in the communication method 600 of FIG. 6 and the communication method 1100 of FIG.
  • the memory 1420 is configured to store program code such that when executing the program code, the processor 1410 performs step 605 of the method 600 and controls the transceiver 1420 to perform steps 601 and 604 of the method 600 via the antenna 1440.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1500 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 1500 includes a processor 1501 and a transceiver 1502.
  • the terminal device 1500 further includes a memory 1503.
  • the processor 1502, the transceiver 1502, and the memory 1503 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and the control device and the data signal are transmitted.
  • the memory 1503 is configured to store a computer program, and the processor 1501 is configured to use the memory 1501.
  • the computer program is called and run to control the transceiver 1502 to send and receive signals.
  • the processor 1501 and the memory 1503 described above may be combined with a processing device 1504 for executing program code stored in the memory 1503 to implement the above functions.
  • the memory 1503 may also be integrated in the processor 1501 or independent of the processor 1501.
  • the terminal device 1500 may further include an antenna 1510, configured to send uplink data or uplink control signaling output by the transceiver 1502 by using a wireless signal.
  • the terminal device 1500 may correspond to the communication method 600 according to an embodiment of the present application and the terminal device in the communication method 1100, which may include a module for performing the method performed by the terminal device of the communication method 600 of FIG. And, the modules in the terminal device 1500 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes of the communication method 600 and the communication method 1100 in FIG.
  • the memory 1503 is configured to store the program code, so that when the processor 1501 executes the program code, the method 605 in the method 600 is performed, or the step 1103 in the method 1100, the specific process of each module performing the corresponding step is in the method. It has been described in detail in the method 600 and the method 1100. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • the above-mentioned processor 1501 can be used to perform the actions implemented by the terminal internally described in the foregoing method embodiments, and the transceiver 1502 can be used to perform the actions of the terminal to transmit or transmit to the terminal device described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the transceiver 1502 can be used to perform the actions of the terminal to transmit or transmit to the terminal device described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor 1501 and the memory 1503 described above may be integrated into one processing device, and the processor 1501 is configured to execute program code stored in the memory 1503 to implement the above functions.
  • the memory 1503 can also be integrated in the processor 1501.
  • the terminal device 1500 described above may also include a power source 1505 for providing power to various devices or circuits in the terminal.
  • the terminal device 1500 may further include one or more of an input unit 1514, a display unit 1516, an audio circuit 1518, a camera 1520, a sensor 1522, and the like, the audio circuit.
  • a speaker 1582, a microphone 1584, and the like can also be included.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 1600 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 1600 includes a processor 1616 and a transceiver 1620.
  • the network device 1600 also includes a memory 1630.
  • the processor 1616, the transceiver 1620, and the memory 1630 communicate with each other through an internal connection path for transferring control and/or data signals.
  • the memory 1630 is configured to store a computer program, and the processor 1616 is configured to be called from the memory 1630.
  • the computer program is run to control the transceiver 1620 to send and receive signals.
  • the processor 1616 and the memory 1630 described above may synthesize a processing device, and the processor 1616 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 1630 to implement the above functions.
  • the memory 1630 can also be integrated into the processor 1616 or be independent of the processor 1616 when implemented.
  • the network device may further include an antenna 1640.
  • the main interface for communication in the embodiment of the present application is configured to send downlink data or downlink control signaling output by the transceiver 1620 through a wireless signal.
  • the network device 1600 may correspond to a network device in the communication method 600 and a network device in the communication method 1100 according to an embodiment of the present application, and the network device 1600 may include a communication method 600 and a communication method for performing the method of FIG. A module of a method performed by a terminal device in 1100. Moreover, each module in the network device 1600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement respective processes in the communication method 600 and the communication method 1100 of FIG.
  • the memory 1630 is configured to store program code, and the transceiver 1620 is controlled to perform step 601, step 602, and step 604 in the method 600, or step 1002 and step 1102 in the method 1100 through the antenna 1640;
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 1700 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. It can be used to implement the functions of the network devices in the above method 200 and method 500. For example, it can be a schematic diagram of a base station. As shown in FIG. 17, the base station can be applied to the system as shown in FIG. 1.
  • the base station 1700 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1701 and one or more baseband units (BBUs) (also referred to as digital units, DUs) 1702. .
  • RRU remote radio unit
  • BBUs baseband units
  • DUs digital units
  • the RRU 1701 may be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 1703 and a radio frequency unit 1704.
  • the RRU 1701 portion is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for transmitting the signaling messages described in the foregoing embodiments to the terminal device.
  • the BBU 1702 part is mainly used for performing baseband processing, controlling a base station, and the like.
  • the RRU 1701 and the BBU 1702 may be physically disposed together or physically separated, that is, distributed base stations.
  • the BBU 1702 is a control center of a base station, and may also be referred to as a processing unit, and is mainly used to perform baseband processing functions such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spread spectrum, and the like.
  • the BBU (determination unit) 1702 can be used to control the flow of operations of the base station 1700 in the embodiment of the method 200 described above with respect to the network device.
  • the BBU 1702 may be composed of one or more boards, and multiple boards may jointly support a single access standard radio access network (such as an LTE system or an NR system), or may separately support different Access to the standard wireless access network.
  • the BBU 1702 also includes a memory 1705 and a processor 1706.
  • the memory 1705 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 1705 stores the codebook or the like in the above embodiment.
  • the processor 1706 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to perform an operation procedure about the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 1705 and processor 1706 can serve one or more boards. That is, the memory and processor can be individually set on each board. It is also possible that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, the necessary circuits can be set on each board.
  • SoC System-on-chip
  • all or part of the functions of the 1702 part and the 1701 part may be implemented by SoC technology, for example, by a base station function chip.
  • the base station function chip integrates a processor, a memory, an antenna interface and the like.
  • the program of the base station related function is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to implement the related functions of the base station.
  • the base station function chip can also read the memory external to the chip to implement related functions of the base station.
  • FIG. 17 It should be understood that the structure of the base station illustrated in FIG. 17 is only one possible form, and should not be construed as limiting the embodiments of the present application. This application does not preclude the possibility of other forms of base station architecture that may arise in the future.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system including the foregoing network device and one or more terminal devices.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), and dedicated integration.
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (ROMM), an erasable programmable read only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electrical Erase programmable EPROM (EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic randomness synchronous dynamic randomness.
  • Synchronous DRAM SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous DRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory
  • DR RAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • the application further provides a computer program product, comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to execute FIG. 6 or FIG. 11
  • a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to execute FIG. 6 or FIG. 11
  • the method in the examples is shown.
  • the present application further provides a computer readable medium storing program code, when the program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to execute FIG. 6 or FIG. 11
  • the method in the examples is shown.
  • time deviation in the foregoing embodiments may be a time offset, or may be a time value of time synchronization between other correct terminal devices and the network device, whether it is time deviation or time deviation, or other time.
  • the values are all examples for understanding the technical solutions of the present invention, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the application further provides a system including the foregoing network device and one or more terminal devices.
  • the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination.
  • the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the processes or functions according to embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be wired from a website site, computer, server or data center (for example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that contains one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable medium can be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (e.g., a DVD), or a semiconductor medium.
  • the semiconductor medium can be a solid state hard drive.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product.
  • the technical solution of the present application which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including
  • the instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and a communication apparatus, applied to a communication system comprising a terminal device and a network device. The terminal device comprises a wake-up ratio interface and a main interface, and is located in at least one of a plurality of tracking area (TA) controlled by a mobility management entity (MME). The method comprises: the network device sends a first message to the terminal device, wherein the first message is used for triggering the wake-up ratio interface to generate a trigger signal, the first message carries a first identifier, the first identifier is an identifier of the terminal device in a TA control range comprised in a first TA list, the length of the first identifier is less than that of a second identifier, and the second identifier is a unique identifier of the terminal device in an MME control range; the network device sends first data to the terminal device, the format of the first data being a format matching the main interface. The present application can reduce the number of bits required for identifying low-power devices and is adapted to the bearing characteristics of a wake-up frame, so that the design of multi-device wake-up frames is more flexible.

Description

通信方法和通信装置Communication method and communication device
本申请要求于2018年02月05日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201810111495.3、申请名称为“一种标识低功耗设备的方法”的中国专利申请,以及于2018年04月18日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201810365125.2、申请名称为“通信方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,它们的全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application is required to be submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office of China on February 5, 2018, application number 201810111495.3, and the Chinese patent application titled “A Method for Identifying Low-Power Devices” and submitted on April 18, 2018. The priority of the Chinese Patent Application No. 201101365125.2, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety in its entirety in the the the the the the the the the
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种标识低功耗设备的方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to a method and apparatus for identifying low power devices.
背景技术Background technique
唤醒射频(Wake-up Radio,WUR),又称为唤醒接收机(Wake-up Receiver,WUR),是指终端设备在配置传统主接口(main radio)或者又称为主模块的基础上,引入一个WUR接口。主模块通常处于关闭状态,只有当收到来自WUR模块的触发信号时,主模块才会激活,然后通过主模块与基站进行数据通信。第三代移动通信(The 3rd Generation Partnerships Project,3GPP)标准组织已引入低功耗的WUR,以降低终端设备的功耗。可以被终端设备的WUR接收并解码的信号称为唤醒信号(Wakeup Signal),唤醒信号的接收和译码远比传统主接口信号简单,因此终端设备采用WUR接收信号相比使用主模块接收信号能够降低功耗。Wake-up Radio (WUR), also known as Wake-up Receiver (WUR), is a terminal device that is introduced on the basis of a traditional main interface or a main module. A WUR interface. The main module is usually in the off state. Only when the trigger signal from the WUR module is received, the main module is activated, and then the main module communicates with the base station. The 3rd Generation Partnerships Project (3GPP) standards organization has introduced low-power WUR to reduce the power consumption of terminal devices. The signal that can be received and decoded by the WUR of the terminal device is called a wake-up signal. The receiving and decoding of the wake-up signal is much simpler than the traditional main interface signal. Therefore, the terminal device can receive the signal by using the WUR compared to the main module. Reduce power consumption.
对于配置了WUR接口的终端设备,当基站没有数据向终端设备发送且终端设备也没有数据传输时,终端设备的主通信接口处于关闭状态,而WUR接口处于激活状态或间歇性激活状态。当基站有数据向终端设备发送时,首先向终端设备的WUR接口发送唤醒帧,以便使终端设备唤醒自己的主通信接口。其中,唤醒帧应当包含终端设备的标识ID,只有终端设备检测到唤醒帧的目标ID和自身匹配的时候才唤醒自己的主通信接口。For a terminal device configured with a WUR interface, when the base station does not send data to the terminal device and the terminal device does not have data transmission, the primary communication interface of the terminal device is in a closed state, and the WUR interface is in an activated state or an intermittent activation state. When the base station has data to send to the terminal device, the wake-up frame is first sent to the WUR interface of the terminal device, so that the terminal device wakes up its own main communication interface. The wake-up frame should include the identifier ID of the terminal device, and only the terminal device wakes up its own main communication interface when it detects that the target ID of the wake-up frame matches itself.
因为WUS的调制阶数低、可靠性要求高,所以唤醒帧所能携带的信息量可能有限。此外,在多设备唤醒的应用场景中,唤醒帧还可能要携带多个设备的ID。故而,较长的设备标识可能不适合在唤醒帧中携带。Because WUS has low modulation order and high reliability requirements, the amount of information that can be carried by a wake-up frame may be limited. In addition, in an application scenario where multiple devices wake up, the wake-up frame may also carry the IDs of multiple devices. Therefore, longer device identification may not be suitable for carrying in the wake-up frame.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法和通信装置,并提供了一种低功耗设备短标识,能够标识低功耗设备,从而减少标识低功耗设备所需要的比特数,同时,该低功耗设备短标识相比于完整长标识所节省出来的空间,使得多设备唤醒帧的设计更为灵活,能够适应唤醒帧承载比特数有限的特点。The present application provides a communication method and communication device, and provides a low power consumption device short identifier capable of identifying a low power consumption device, thereby reducing the number of bits required to identify a low power consumption device, and at the same time, the low power consumption device The space saved by the short identifier compared to the full long identifier makes the design of the multi-device wake-up frame more flexible and can adapt to the limited number of bits of the wake-up frame.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,应用于包括终端设备和网络设备的通信***中,该终端设备包括唤醒射频接口和主接口,该唤醒射频接口用于产生触发信号,该触发 信号用于激活该主接口,该主接口用于该终端设备和该网络设备之间的通信,该终端设备处于移动性管理实体MME控制的多个追踪区域TA中的至少一个TA内,该方法包括:In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, which is applied to a communication system including a terminal device and a network device, the terminal device includes a wake-up radio frequency interface and a main interface, and the wake-up radio frequency interface is configured to generate a trigger signal, where the trigger signal is used for The main interface is used for communication between the terminal device and the network device, and the terminal device is in at least one of the plurality of tracking areas TA controlled by the mobility management entity MME. The method includes:
该网络设备通过该唤醒射频接口向该终端设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于触发该唤醒射频接口产生该触发信号,且该第一消息携带第一标识,该第一标识是该终端设备在第一TA列表包括的TA的控制范围内的标识,该第一TA列表包括该多个TA中的至少一个TA,且该第一标识的长度小于该第二标识的长度,该第二标识是该终端设备在该MME控制范围内的唯一标识;The network device sends a first message to the terminal device by using the wake-up radio interface, where the first message is used to trigger the wake-up radio interface to generate the trigger signal, and the first message carries a first identifier, where the first identifier is the terminal The identifier of the device in the control range of the TA included in the first TA list, the first TA list includes at least one of the plurality of TAs, and the length of the first identifier is less than the length of the second identifier, the second The identifier is a unique identifier of the terminal device within the control scope of the MME;
该网络设备接收该网络设备发送的第一数据,该第一数据的格式是与该主接口相匹配的格式。The network device receives the first data sent by the network device, and the format of the first data is a format that matches the primary interface.
应理解,本申请实施例中,网络设备向终端设备的唤醒射频WUR发送唤醒帧WUS,是基于第一通信方式,即该WUS的数据格式是终端设备的唤醒射频WUR可以识别和获取的。这样的通信方式保证了除WUR之外的接口不会误接该唤醒帧WUS。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device sends the wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device, which is based on the first communication mode, that is, the data format of the WUS is that the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device can be identified and acquired. Such a communication method ensures that an interface other than the WUR does not misconnect the wake-up frame WUS.
网络设备基于第一通信方式向终端设备的唤醒射频WUR发送唤醒帧WUS,该WUS激活该WUR产生触发信号,激活终端设备的主接口。之后网络设备可以和终端设备时间通信。例如,网络设备向终端设备发送第一数据,终端设备通过主接口接收该第一数据,这样的通信过程是基于第二通信方式进行的。即第一数据的格式是终端设备的主接口可以接收和识别的数据格式。The network device sends a wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device according to the first communication manner, and the WUS activates the WUR to generate a trigger signal to activate the main interface of the terminal device. The network device can then communicate with the terminal device at a time. For example, the network device sends the first data to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first data through the primary interface, and the communication process is performed based on the second communication manner. That is, the format of the first data is a data format that the main interface of the terminal device can receive and recognize.
具体地,一个MME可以控制多个追踪区域TA,终端设备位于至少一个追踪区域TA内。网络设备为在网的UE分配该WU-TMSI,该WU-TMSI是TA或TA list内的设备标识。本申请所述的TA列表包括一个MME控制的所述多个TA中的至少一个TA。例如,当TA列表包括5个TA,这5个TA是由同一个MME控制的,那么该WU-TMSI就是这5个TA内的标识;当TA列表包括1个TA,那么该WU-TMSI就是该TA内的唯一标识。Specifically, one MME may control multiple tracking areas TA, and the terminal equipment is located in at least one tracking area TA. The network device allocates the WU-TMSI to the UE in the network, and the WU-TMSI is the device identifier in the TA or TA list. The TA list described in the present application includes at least one of the plurality of TAs controlled by one MME. For example, when the TA list includes 5 TAs, which are controlled by the same MME, then the WU-TMSI is the identifier in the 5 TAs; when the TA list includes 1 TA, then the WU-TMSI is A unique identifier within the TA.
上述技术方案通过网络设备为低功耗终端设备分配一种低功耗设备短标识,将该短标识用于低功耗设备和网络设备的通信中。当网络设备需要发送唤醒帧以唤醒该低功耗设备与网络设备进行通信时,在唤醒帧WUS中携带该短标识,能够减少标识低功耗设备所需要的比特数,同时,低功耗设备短标识相比于完整长标识所节省出来的空间,使得多设备唤醒帧的设计更为灵活,能够适应唤醒帧WUS承载比特数有限的特点。The foregoing technical solution allocates a low power consumption device short identifier to the low power consumption terminal device through the network device, and uses the short identifier for the communication between the low power consumption device and the network device. When the network device needs to send a wake-up frame to wake up the low-power device to communicate with the network device, carrying the short identifier in the wake-up frame WUS can reduce the number of bits required to identify the low-power device, and at the same time, the low-power device The space saved by the short identifier compared to the full long identifier makes the design of the multi-device wake-up frame more flexible, and can adapt to the limited number of WUS bearer bits of the wake-up frame.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一标识是基于该第二标识生成的。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first identification is generated based on the second identification.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一标识的序列是从该第二标识的序列中截取的,或With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in some possible implementations, the sequence of the first identifier is intercepted from the sequence of the second identifier, or
该第一标识的序列是基于预设的函数对该第二标识的序列进行变换后生成的。The sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming the sequence of the second identifier based on a preset function.
应理解,该第一标识的生成可以是网络设备完成,发送给终端设备,也可以是终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一标识生成的参数或函数等,终端设备来生成该第一标识,本申请实施例包括但不限于此。It should be understood that the generation of the first identifier may be performed by the network device, and may be sent to the terminal device, or the terminal device may receive the parameter or function generated by the first identifier sent by the network device, and the terminal device generates the first identifier. Application examples include, but are not limited to.
例如,8bits的MMEC和32bits MME临时移动用户标识M-TMSI组成40bits的服务临时移动用户标识S-TMSI,可以对S-TMSI的前24位进行截取,则有WU-TMSI=MMEC+Partial M-TMSI。For example, the 8-bit MMEC and the 32-bit MME temporary mobile subscriber identity M-TMSI form a 40-bit service temporary mobile subscriber identity S-TMSI, which can intercept the first 24 bits of the S-TMSI, and then there is WU-TMSI=MMEC+Partial M- TMSI.
对于上述WU-TMSI生成方案,继承了原有的一般ID构成方式,即WU-TMSI的构成是:管理区域+区域内ID。该方案的好处是便于核心网设备MME基于MME进行终端设备的追踪。但Partial M-TMSI域只有16bits意味着只能对同一MME下的终端设备进行至多65536个分组(组里包含一个或多个终端设备)。For the above-mentioned WU-TMSI generation scheme, the original general ID configuration method is inherited, that is, the composition of the WU-TMSI is: management area + intra-area ID. The advantage of this scheme is that it facilitates the core network device MME to perform tracking of the terminal device based on the MME. However, only 16 bits of the Partial M-TMSI domain means that only up to 65536 packets can be made to the terminal devices in the same MME (the group contains one or more terminal devices).
或者,可以对S-TMSI的后24位进行截取,则有WU-TMSI=Partial M-TMSI。Alternatively, the last 24 bits of the S-TMSI can be intercepted, and there is WU-TMSI=Partial M-TMSI.
对于上述WU-TMSI生成方案,WU-TMSI的24bits都取于M-TMSI,即区域内ID。ID的随机性更高。换言之,对于一个终端设备,在TA list下发生WU-TMSI重复的几率更小,即被误唤醒的几率就要小很多。For the above WU-TMSI generation scheme, the 24 bits of the WU-TMSI are taken from the M-TMSI, that is, the intra-area ID. ID is more random. In other words, for a terminal device, the probability of a WU-TMSI repetition occurring under the TA list is smaller, that is, the probability of being erroneously awakened is much smaller.
应理解,这里截取的位数24bits是仅为示例,本方案包括但并不限于此。It should be understood that the number of bits intercepted here is 24 bits, which is only an example, and the solution includes but is not limited thereto.
可选地,基站可以用1bit的指示信息来指示终端设备使用前截取还是后截取,用5bits的指示信息来指示截取多少位。基站在唤醒帧WUS中需要唤醒终端设备时,直接在目标终端设备的ID域携带WU-TMSI。终端设备检测到WUS中目标终端设备的ID域与自身的WU-TMSI相同时,随即唤醒主通信接口与基站通信。Optionally, the base station may use the indication information of the 1 bit to indicate whether the terminal device intercepts or intercepts before using, and uses 5 bits of indication information to indicate how many bits are intercepted. When the base station needs to wake up the terminal device in the wake-up frame WUS, the base station directly carries the WU-TMSI in the ID field of the target terminal device. When the terminal device detects that the ID field of the target terminal device in the WUS is the same as its own WU-TMSI, the terminal device wakes up and communicates with the base station.
可选地,所述第一标识的序列是对S-TMSI或M-TMSI的序列进行变换处理后生成的。Optionally, the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming a sequence of S-TMSI or M-TMSI.
例如,一种变换处理的实施例分为两步:1.对S-TMSI或M-TMSI截取比特串;2.使用MMEC和/或TAC对比特串加扰。这里,TAC指的是追踪区域TA的ID。For example, an embodiment of transform processing is divided into two steps: 1. Intercepting a bit string for S-TMSI or M-TMSI; 2. Scrambling a bit string using MMEC and/or TAC. Here, the TAC refers to the ID of the tracking area TA.
具体地,可以是如下步骤。Specifically, it may be the following steps.
第一步,如方式一对S-TMSI或M-TMSI进行截取,得到比特串。In the first step, a pair of S-TMSI or M-TMSI is intercepted to obtain a bit string.
第二步,对所得比特串与MMEC String和TAC String进行错位异或运算,得到WU-TMSI。In the second step, the obtained bit string is misaligned or XORed with the MMEC String and the TAC String to obtain the WU-TMSI.
实际应用中,截取的比特数和位置是可以灵活变化的。In practical applications, the number and location of intercepted bits can be flexibly changed.
该方案通过对S-TMSI或M-TMSI部分截取所得的比特串,再与MMEC、TAC比特串进行异或运算得到WU-TMSI。因为MMEC和TAC具有地理位置特征,使用MMEC和TAC比特串对S-TMSI或M-TMSI部分截取所得的比特串加扰后,进一步对直接截取的比特串随机化。The scheme obtains the WU-TMSI by performing an exclusive-OR operation on the S-TMSI or M-TMSI part to intercept the obtained bit string and then performing an exclusive-OR operation with the MMEC and TAC bit strings. Since the MMEC and the TAC have geographical location characteristics, the bit string obtained by the S-TMSI or M-TMSI partial truncation is scrambled using the MMEC and TAC bit strings, and the directly intercepted bit string is further randomized.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一标识的序列是基于随机生成函数生成的。In combination with the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in some possible implementations, the sequence of the first identifier is generated based on a random generation function.
即基站可以使用任意序列随机生成函数产生WU-TMSI,并配置给终端设备。若基站和终端设备都知道序列随机生成函数的具体表达,基站也可以通过给终端设备配置序列随机生成函数的参数,由终端设备在终端设备本地生成WU-TMSI。That is, the base station can generate the WU-TMSI using any sequence random generation function and configure it to the terminal device. If both the base station and the terminal device know the specific expression of the sequence random generation function, the base station may also generate the WU-TMSI locally by the terminal device by configuring the parameters of the sequence random generation function for the terminal device.
总之,第一标识序列的生成有多种可能的实现方式,本申请实施例包括但并不限于此。In summary, there are many possible implementations of the generation of the first identification sequence, and the embodiments of the present application include but are not limited thereto.
以上方案提出了一种适用于低功耗设备的短标识WU-TMSI,使得标识终端设备所需要的比特数减少,更适用于携带有限长度比特的WUS唤醒帧。低功耗设备短标识相比于完整长标识所节省出来的空间,使得多设备唤醒帧的设计更为灵活,能够适应唤醒帧承载比特数有限的特点。The above solution proposes a short identifier WU-TMSI suitable for a low power consumption device, so that the number of bits required to identify the terminal device is reduced, and is more suitable for a WUS wake frame carrying a finite length bit. Compared with the space saved by the full long identifier, the low-power device short identifier makes the multi-device wake-up frame more flexible and can adapt to the limited number of wake-up frames.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,在该网络设备向该终端设备发送第一消息之前,该方法还包括:With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in some possible implementations, before the network device sends the first message to the terminal device, the method further includes:
该网络设备生成该第一标识;The network device generates the first identifier;
该网络设备向该终端设备发送该第一标识的指示信息。The network device sends the indication information of the first identifier to the terminal device.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,在该网络设备向该终端设备发送第一消息之前,该方法还包括:With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in some possible implementations, before the network device sends the first message to the terminal device, the method further includes:
该网络设备接收该终端设备发送的该第一标识的指示信息。The network device receives the indication information of the first identifier sent by the terminal device.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第二标识为该终端设备的移动管理网元临时移动用户标识M-TMSI或S-TMSI。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in some possible implementation manners, the second identifier is a mobility management network element temporary mobile subscriber identity M-TMSI or S-TMSI of the terminal device.
结合第一方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该网络设备为接入网设备或移动性管理实体MME。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in some possible implementation manners, the network device is an access network device or a mobility management entity MME.
应理解,第一标识WU-TMSI的长度小于现行的M-TMSI的长度32bits,且WU-TMSI的长度大于或等于现行C-RNTI的长度16bits。显然,如果WU-TMSI的长度大于M-TMSI,则WUS中携带M-TMSI即可。It should be understood that the length of the first identifier WU-TMSI is less than the length of the current M-TMSI by 32 bits, and the length of the WU-TMSI is greater than or equal to the length of the current C-RNTI by 16 bits. Obviously, if the length of the WU-TMSI is greater than the M-TMSI, the MUS can carry the M-TMSI.
在所述终端设备处于连接态时,所述第一标识为所述终端设备的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI。因为当终端设备处于连接态时,C-RNTI为16bits,此时用C-RNTI来作为终端设备的标识最为简便。When the terminal device is in the connected state, the first identifier is a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI of the terminal device. Because the C-RNTI is 16 bits when the terminal device is in the connected state, it is the easiest to use the C-RNTI as the identification of the terminal device.
应理解,对于空闲态RRC_IDLE的终端设备,WUS中的目标终端设备标识为WU-TMSI;对于RRC_CONNECTED态终端设备,WUS中的目标终端设备标识为终端设备的小区级唯一标识,如C-RNTI。由于终端设备当前处于何种状态,网络侧和终端设备侧都是知道的,相应地,网络侧应当发送何种目标终端设备标识、终端设备应当接收何种目标终端设备标识自然也是双方都清楚无误的知道的。因此,这种方法能够缩短RRC_CONNECTED态下WUS中的信息比特长度,并且不会造成基站发送WUS和终端设备接收WUS时的模糊。但是,由于存在两种WUS长度,基站应支持两种长度WUS的发送,终端设备应支持两种长度WUS的接收,It should be understood that for the terminal device of the idle state RRC_IDLE, the target terminal device identifier in the WUS is WU-TMSI; for the RRC_CONNECTED state terminal device, the target terminal device identifier in the WUS is the cell-level unique identifier of the terminal device, such as C-RNTI. Because the terminal device is currently in the state, both the network side and the terminal device side are aware. Accordingly, what kind of target terminal device identifier should be sent by the network side and what target terminal device identifier the terminal device should receive is naturally clear to both parties. Know that. Therefore, this method can shorten the information bit length in the WUS in the RRC_CONNECTED state, and does not cause blurring when the base station transmits the WUS and the terminal device receives the WUS. However, since there are two WUS lengths, the base station should support the transmission of two lengths of WUS, and the terminal equipment should support the reception of two lengths of WUS.
此外,第一标识可以由MME生成,在这种情况下,MME按照上述任一种可能的方式来生成该第一标识。例如,首先,终端设备向网络设备发送标识请求消息,或TA更新消息,请求网络设备为终端设备分配低功耗设备标识WU-TMSI。其次,MME接收该请求消息,并生成该第一标识WU-TMSI。然后,MME向终端设备分配该第一标识,具体地,分配第一标识可以通过无线资源控制信令RRC或媒体接入控制层信令MAC CE等方式配置给终端设备。Furthermore, the first identity may be generated by the MME, in which case the MME generates the first identity in any of the above possible ways. For example, first, the terminal device sends an identifier request message or a TA update message to the network device, requesting the network device to allocate the low power device identifier WU-TMSI to the terminal device. Second, the MME receives the request message and generates the first identifier WU-TMSI. Then, the MME allocates the first identifier to the terminal device. Specifically, the first identifier may be allocated to the terminal device by using a radio resource control signaling RRC or a medium access control layer signaling MAC CE.
第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,应用于包括终端设备和网络设备的通信***中,该终端设备包括唤醒射频接口和主接口,该唤醒射频接口用于产生触发信号,该触发信号用于激活该主接口,该主接口用于该终端设备和该接入网设备之间的通信,该终端设备处于移动性管理实体MME控制的多个追踪区域TA中的至少一个TA内,该方法包括:In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, which is applied to a communication system including a terminal device and a network device, where the terminal device includes a wake-up radio frequency interface and a main interface, and the wake-up radio frequency interface is configured to generate a trigger signal, where the trigger signal is used for Activating the primary interface, the primary interface being used for communication between the terminal device and the access network device, the terminal device being in at least one of the plurality of tracking areas TA controlled by the mobility management entity MME, the method comprising :
该终端设备通过该唤醒射频接口接收第一消息,该第一消息用于触发该唤醒射频接口产生该触发信号,且该第一消息携带第一标识,该第一标识是该终端设备在第一TA列表包括的TA的控制范围内的标识,该第一TA列表列表包括该多个TA中的至少一个TA,且该第一标识的长度小于该第二标识的长度,该第二标识是该终端设备在该MME控制范围内的唯一标识;Receiving, by the terminal device, the first message, the first message is used to trigger the wake-up radio interface to generate the trigger signal, and the first message carries a first identifier, where the first identifier is that the terminal device is in the first The TA list includes the identifiers in the control range of the TA, the first TA list list includes at least one of the plurality of TAs, and the length of the first identifier is smaller than the length of the second identifier, where the second identifier is a unique identifier of the terminal device within the control range of the MME;
该终端设备在根据该第一标识确定该第一消息有效后,根据该第一消息,控制该唤醒射频接口产生触发信号,以激活该主接口;After determining that the first message is valid according to the first identifier, the terminal device controls the wake-up radio interface to generate a trigger signal according to the first message, to activate the primary interface;
该终端设备通过该主接口接收该网络设备发送的第一数据,该第一数据的格式是与该主接口相匹配的格式。The terminal device receives the first data sent by the network device by using the primary interface, and the format of the first data is a format that matches the primary interface.
应理解,一个MME可以控制多个追踪区域TA,该终端设备位于至少一个追踪区域TA内。网络设备为在网的UE分配该WU-TMSI,该WU-TMSI是TA或TA list内的设备标识。本申请所述的TA列表包括一个MME控制的所述多个TA中的至少一个TA。例如,当TA列表包括5个TA,这5个TA是由同一个MME控制的,那么该WU-TMSI就是这5个TA内的标识;当TA列表包括1个TA,那么该WU-TMSI就是该TA内的唯一标识。It should be understood that one MME may control a plurality of tracking areas TA located in at least one tracking area TA. The network device allocates the WU-TMSI to the UE in the network, and the WU-TMSI is the device identifier in the TA or TA list. The TA list described in the present application includes at least one of the plurality of TAs controlled by one MME. For example, when the TA list includes 5 TAs, which are controlled by the same MME, then the WU-TMSI is the identifier in the 5 TAs; when the TA list includes 1 TA, then the WU-TMSI is A unique identifier within the TA.
上述技术方案通过网络设备为低功耗终端设备分配一种低功耗设备短标识,将该短标识用于低功耗设备和网络设备的通信中。当网络设备需要发送唤醒帧WUS以唤醒该低功耗设备与网络设备进行通信时,在唤醒帧WUS中携带该短标识,能够减少标识低功耗设备所需要的比特数,同时,低功耗设备短标识相比于完整长标识所节省出来的空间,使得多设备唤醒帧的设计更为灵活,能够适应唤醒帧WUS承载比特数有限的特点。The foregoing technical solution allocates a low power consumption device short identifier to the low power consumption terminal device through the network device, and uses the short identifier for the communication between the low power consumption device and the network device. When the network device needs to send the wake-up frame WUS to wake up the low-power device to communicate with the network device, carrying the short identifier in the wake-up frame WUS can reduce the number of bits required to identify the low-power device, and at the same time, low power consumption Compared with the space saved by the full long identifier, the short identifier of the device makes the design of the multi-device wake-up frame more flexible, and can adapt to the limited number of WUS bearer bits of the wake-up frame.
结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一标识是基于该第二标识生成的。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some possible implementations, the first identification is generated based on the second identification.
结合第二方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一标识的序列是从该第二标识的序列中截取的,或With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in some possible implementations, the sequence of the first identifier is intercepted from the sequence of the second identifier, or
该第一标识的序列是基于预设的函数对该第二标识的序列进行变换后生成的。The sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming the sequence of the second identifier based on a preset function.
结合第二方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一标识的序列是基于随机生成函数生成的。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in some possible implementations, the sequence of the first identifier is generated based on a random generation function.
应理解,该第一标识的生成可以是网络设备完成,发送给终端设备,也可以是终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一标识生成的参数或函数等,终端设备来生成该第一标识,本申请实施例包括但不限于此。It should be understood that the generation of the first identifier may be performed by the network device, and may be sent to the terminal device, or the terminal device may receive the parameter or function generated by the first identifier sent by the network device, and the terminal device generates the first identifier. Application examples include, but are not limited to.
例如,8bits的MMEC和32bitsM-TMSI组成40bits的S-TMSI,可以对S-TMSI的前24位进行截取,则有WU-TMSI=MMEC+Partial M-TMSI。For example, the 8-bit MMEC and the 32-bit M-TMSI form a 40-bit S-TMSI, and the first 24 bits of the S-TMSI can be intercepted, and there is WU-TMSI=MMEC+Partial M-TMSI.
对于上述WU-TMSI生成方案,继承了原有的一般ID构成方式,即WU-TMSI的构成是:管理区域+区域内ID。该方案的好处是便于核心网设备MME基于MME进行终端设备的追踪。但Partial M-TMSI域只有16bits意味着只能对同一MME下的终端设备进行至多65536个分组(组里包含一个或多个终端设备)。For the above-mentioned WU-TMSI generation scheme, the original general ID configuration method is inherited, that is, the composition of the WU-TMSI is: management area + intra-area ID. The advantage of this scheme is that it facilitates the core network device MME to perform tracking of the terminal device based on the MME. However, only 16 bits of the Partial M-TMSI domain means that only up to 65536 packets can be made to the terminal devices in the same MME (the group contains one or more terminal devices).
或者,可以对S-TMSI的后24位进行截取,则有WU-TMSI=Partial M-TMSI。Alternatively, the last 24 bits of the S-TMSI can be intercepted, and there is WU-TMSI=Partial M-TMSI.
对于上述WU-TMSI生成方案,WU-TMSI的24bits都取于M-TMSI,即区域内ID。ID的随机性更高。换言之,对于一个终端设备,在TA list下发生WU-TMSI重复的几率更小,即被误唤醒的几率就要小很多。For the above WU-TMSI generation scheme, the 24 bits of the WU-TMSI are taken from the M-TMSI, that is, the intra-area ID. ID is more random. In other words, for a terminal device, the probability of a WU-TMSI repetition occurring under the TA list is smaller, that is, the probability of being erroneously awakened is much smaller.
应理解,这里截取的位数24bits是仅为示例,本方案包括但并不限于此。It should be understood that the number of bits intercepted here is 24 bits, which is only an example, and the solution includes but is not limited thereto.
可选地,基站可以用1bit的指示信息来指示终端设备使用前截取还是后截取,用5bits的指示信息来指示截取多少位。基站在唤醒帧WUS中需要唤醒终端设备时,直接在目标终端设备的ID域携带WU-TMSI。终端设备检测到WUS中目标终端设备的ID域与自身的WU-TMSI相同时,随即唤醒主通信接口与基站通信。Optionally, the base station may use the indication information of the 1 bit to indicate whether the terminal device intercepts or intercepts before using, and uses 5 bits of indication information to indicate how many bits are intercepted. When the base station needs to wake up the terminal device in the wake-up frame WUS, the base station directly carries the WU-TMSI in the ID field of the target terminal device. When the terminal device detects that the ID field of the target terminal device in the WUS is the same as its own WU-TMSI, the terminal device wakes up and communicates with the base station.
可选地,所述第一标识的序列是对S-TMSI或M-TMSI的序列进行变换处理后生成的。Optionally, the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming a sequence of S-TMSI or M-TMSI.
例如,一种变换处理的实施例分为两步:1.对S-TMSI或M-TMSI截取比特串;2.使用MMEC和/或TAC对比特串加扰。这里,TAC指的是追踪区域TA的ID。For example, an embodiment of transform processing is divided into two steps: 1. Intercepting a bit string for S-TMSI or M-TMSI; 2. Scrambling a bit string using MMEC and/or TAC. Here, the TAC refers to the ID of the tracking area TA.
具体地,可以是如下步骤。Specifically, it may be the following steps.
第一步,如方式一对S-TMSI或M-TMSI进行截取,得到比特串。In the first step, a pair of S-TMSI or M-TMSI is intercepted to obtain a bit string.
第二步,对所得比特串与MMEC String和TAC String进行错位异或运算,得到WU-TMSI。In the second step, the obtained bit string is misaligned or XORed with the MMEC String and the TAC String to obtain the WU-TMSI.
实际应用中,截取的比特数和位置是可以灵活变化的。In practical applications, the number and location of intercepted bits can be flexibly changed.
该方案通过对S-TMSI或M-TMSI部分截取所得的比特串,再与MMEC、TAC比特串进行异或运算得到WU-TMSI。因为MMEC和TAC具有地理位置特征,使用MMEC和TAC比特串对S-TMSI或M-TMSI部分截取所得的比特串加扰后,进一步对直接截取的比特串随机化。The scheme obtains the WU-TMSI by performing an exclusive-OR operation on the S-TMSI or M-TMSI part to intercept the obtained bit string and then performing an exclusive-OR operation with the MMEC and TAC bit strings. Since the MMEC and the TAC have geographical location characteristics, the bit string obtained by the S-TMSI or M-TMSI partial truncation is scrambled using the MMEC and TAC bit strings, and the directly intercepted bit string is further randomized.
结合第二方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一标识的序列是基于随机生成函数生成的。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in some possible implementations, the sequence of the first identifier is generated based on a random generation function.
即基站可以使用任意序列随机生成函数产生WU-TMSI,并配置给终端设备。若基站和终端设备都知道序列随机生成函数的具体表达,基站也可以通过给终端设备配置序列随机生成函数的参数,由终端设备在终端设备本地生成WU-TMSI。That is, the base station can generate the WU-TMSI using any sequence random generation function and configure it to the terminal device. If both the base station and the terminal device know the specific expression of the sequence random generation function, the base station may also generate the WU-TMSI locally by the terminal device by configuring the parameters of the sequence random generation function for the terminal device.
总之,第一标识序列的生成有多种可能的实现方式,本申请实施例包括但并不限于此。In summary, there are many possible implementations of the generation of the first identification sequence, and the embodiments of the present application include but are not limited thereto.
以上方案提出了一种适用于低功耗设备的短标识WU-TMSI,使得标识终端设备所需要的比特数减少,更适用于携带有限长度比特的WUS唤醒帧。低功耗设备短标识相比于完整长标识所节省出来的空间,使得多设备唤醒帧的设计更为灵活。The above solution proposes a short identifier WU-TMSI suitable for a low power consumption device, so that the number of bits required to identify the terminal device is reduced, and is more suitable for a WUS wake frame carrying a finite length bit. The low-power device short tag saves space compared to the full long tag, making the design of multi-device wake-up frames more flexible.
结合第二方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,在该终端设备通过该唤醒射频接口接收第一消息之前,该方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in some possible implementation manners, before the terminal device receives the first message by using the wake-up radio frequency interface, the method further includes:
该终端设备生成该第一标识;The terminal device generates the first identifier;
该终端设备向该网络设备发送该第一标识的指示信息。The terminal device sends the indication information of the first identifier to the network device.
结合第二方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,在该终端设备通过该唤醒射频接口接收第一消息之前,该方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in some possible implementation manners, before the terminal device receives the first message by using the wake-up radio frequency interface, the method further includes:
该终端设备接收该网络设备发送的该第一标识的指示信息。The terminal device receives the indication information of the first identifier sent by the network device.
结合第二方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,在该终端设备处于连接态时,该第一标识为该终端设备的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in some possible implementation manners, when the terminal device is in a connected state, the first identifier is a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI of the terminal device.
结合第二方面和上述实现方式,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第二标识为该终端设备的移动管理网元临时移动用户标识M-TMSI或服务临时移动用户标识S-TMSI。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in some possible implementation manners, the second identifier is a mobility management network element temporary mobile subscriber identity M-TMSI or a service temporary mobile subscriber identity S-TMSI of the terminal device.
上述技术方案通过网络设备为低功耗终端设备分配一种低功耗设备短标识,将该短标识用于低功耗设备和网络设备的通信中。当网络设备需要发送唤醒帧以唤醒该低功耗设备与网络设备进行通信时,在唤醒帧WUS中携带该短标识,能够减少标识低功耗设备所需要的比特数,同时,低功耗设备短标识相比于完整长标识所节省出来的空间,使得多设备唤醒帧的设计更为灵活,能够适应唤醒帧WUS承载比特数有限的特点。The foregoing technical solution allocates a low power consumption device short identifier to the low power consumption terminal device through the network device, and uses the short identifier for the communication between the low power consumption device and the network device. When the network device needs to send a wake-up frame to wake up the low-power device to communicate with the network device, carrying the short identifier in the wake-up frame WUS can reduce the number of bits required to identify the low-power device, and at the same time, the low-power device The space saved by the short identifier compared to the full long identifier makes the design of the multi-device wake-up frame more flexible, and can adapt to the limited number of WUS bearer bits of the wake-up frame.
第三方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或核心网设备,配置于包括终端设备的通信***中,所述终端设备包括唤醒射频接口和主接口,所述唤醒射频接口用于产生触发信号,所述触发信号用于激活所述主接口,所述主接口用于所述终端设备和所述通信装置之间的通信,所述终端设备处于所述核心网设备控制的多个追踪区域TA中的至少一个TA内。该通信装置包括:A third aspect provides a communication device, which may be an access network device or a core network device, configured in a communication system including a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a wake-up radio frequency interface and a main interface, and the wake-up device The radio frequency interface is configured to generate a trigger signal, the trigger signal is used to activate the main interface, the main interface is used for communication between the terminal device and the communication device, and the terminal device is in the core network device Within at least one of the plurality of tracking areas TA controlled. The communication device includes:
通信单元,用于通过该唤醒射频接口向该终端设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于触发该唤醒射频接口产生该触发信号,且该第一消息携带第一标识,该第一标识是该终端设备在第一TA列表内的标识,该第一TA列表包括该多个TA中的至少一个TA,且该第一标识的长度小于该第二标识的长度,该第二标识是该终端设备在该MME控制范围内的唯一标识;a communication unit, configured to send a first message to the terminal device by using the wake-up radio interface, where the first message is used to trigger the wake-up radio interface to generate the trigger signal, and the first message carries a first identifier, where the first identifier is The identifier of the terminal device in the first TA list, the first TA list includes at least one of the plurality of TAs, and the length of the first identifier is less than the length of the second identifier, and the second identifier is the terminal a unique identifier of the device within the control range of the MME;
处理单元,用于在该终端设备根据该第一消息控制该唤醒射频接口产生触发信号激活该主接口之后,通过该主接口,与该终端设备通信。The processing unit is configured to communicate with the terminal device after the terminal device activates the primary interface by controlling the wake-up radio interface to generate a trigger signal according to the first message.
可选地,该第一标识是基于该第二标识生成的。Optionally, the first identifier is generated based on the second identifier.
具体地,该第一标识的序列是从该第二标识的序列中截取的,或该第一标识的序列是基于预设的函数对该第二标识的序列进行变换后生成的。Specifically, the sequence of the first identifier is intercepted from the sequence of the second identifier, or the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming the sequence of the second identifier based on a preset function.
可选地,该第一标识的序列是基于随机生成函数生成的。Optionally, the sequence of the first identifier is generated based on a random generation function.
上述所涉及的第一标识具体生成过程参见前述说明,为了简便,此处不再赘述。应理解,第一标识的生成可以由该通信装置的处理单元来完成,也可以是通信单元接收终端设备发送的第一标识,本申请包括但不限于此。For the specific generation process of the first identifier involved in the above, refer to the foregoing description, and for brevity, no further details are provided herein. It should be understood that the generation of the first identifier may be performed by the processing unit of the communication device, or the communication unit may receive the first identifier sent by the terminal device, and the application includes but is not limited thereto.
作为一种可能的实现方式,所述通信单元通过该唤醒射频接口向该终端设备发送第一消息之前,该处理单元生成该第一标识;该通信单元向该终端设备发送该第一标识的指示信息。As a possible implementation manner, before the communication unit sends the first message to the terminal device by using the wake-up radio interface, the processing unit generates the first identifier; the communications unit sends an indication of the first identifier to the terminal device information.
另一种可能的实现方式中,所述通信单元在通过该唤醒射频接口向该终端设备发送第一消息之前,该通信单元接收该终端设备发送的该第一标识的指示信息。In another possible implementation manner, before the sending, by the communication unit, the first message to the terminal device, the communication unit receives the indication information of the first identifier sent by the terminal device.
可选地,该第二标识为该终端设备的移动管理网元临时移动用户标识M-TMSI或服务临时移动用户标识S-TMSI。Optionally, the second identifier is a mobility management network element temporary mobile subscriber identity M-TMSI or a service temporary mobile subscriber identity S-TMSI of the terminal device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置为接入网设备或移动性管理实体MME。In another possible implementation manner, the communication device is an access network device or a mobility management entity MME.
第四方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端设备,该终端设备包括唤醒射频接口和主接口,该唤醒射频接口用于产生触发信号,该触发信号用于激活该主接口,该主接口用于该终端设备和该接入网设备之间的通信,该终端设备处于移动性管理实体MME控制的多个追踪区域TA中的至少一个TA内,该方法包括:The fourth aspect provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a wake-up radio frequency interface and a main interface, where the wake-up radio frequency interface is used to generate a trigger signal, where the trigger signal is used to activate the main interface. The primary interface is used for communication between the terminal device and the access network device, and the terminal device is located in at least one of the plurality of tracking areas TA controlled by the mobility management entity MME, and the method includes:
通信单元,用于通过该唤醒射频接口接收第一消息,该第一消息用于触发该唤醒射频接口产生该触发信号,且该第一消息携带第一标识,该第一标识是该终端设备在第一TA列表内的标识,该第一TA列表列表包括该多个TA中的至少一个TA,且该第一标识的长度小于该第二标识的长度,该第二标识是该终端设备在该MME控制范围内的唯一标识;a communication unit, configured to receive a first message by using the wake-up radio interface, where the first message is used to trigger the wake-up radio interface to generate the trigger signal, and the first message carries a first identifier, where the first identifier is that the terminal device is An identifier in the first TA list, where the first TA list includes at least one of the plurality of TAs, and the length of the first identifier is smaller than the length of the second identifier, where the second identifier is a unique identifier within the scope of the MME control;
处理单元,用于在根据该第一标识确定该第一消息有效后,根据该第一消息,控制该唤醒射频接口产生触发信号,以激活该主接口;The processing unit is configured to: after determining that the first message is valid according to the first identifier, control the wake-up radio interface to generate a trigger signal according to the first message, to activate the primary interface;
该通信单元还用于通过该主接口,与该网络设备通信。The communication unit is further configured to communicate with the network device through the primary interface.
可选地,该第一标识是基于该第二标识生成的。Optionally, the first identifier is generated based on the second identifier.
具体地,该第一标识的序列是从该第二标识的序列中截取的,或该第一标识的序列是基于预设的函数对该第二标识的序列进行变换后生成的。Specifically, the sequence of the first identifier is intercepted from the sequence of the second identifier, or the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming the sequence of the second identifier based on a preset function.
可选地,该第一标识的序列是基于随机生成函数生成的。Optionally, the sequence of the first identifier is generated based on a random generation function.
上述所涉及的第一标识具体生成过程参见前述说明,为了简便,此处不再赘述。应理解,第一标识的生成可以由通信装置的处理单元来完成,也可以是通信单元接收网络设备发送的第一标识,本申请包括但不限于此。For the specific generation process of the first identifier involved in the above, refer to the foregoing description, and for brevity, no further details are provided herein. It should be understood that the generation of the first identifier may be performed by a processing unit of the communication device, or the communication unit may receive the first identifier sent by the network device, and the application includes but is not limited thereto.
作为一种可能的实现方式,所述通信单元通过该唤醒射频接口接收第一消息之前,该方法还包括:该终端设备生成该第一标识;该终端设备向该网络设备发送该第一标识的指示信息。As a possible implementation, before the communication unit receives the first message by using the wake-up radio interface, the method further includes: the terminal device generates the first identifier; and the terminal device sends the first identifier to the network device Instructions.
另一种可能的实现方式中,所述通信单元通过通过该唤醒射频接口接收第一消息之前,该方法还包括:该终端设备接收该网络设备发送的该第一标识的指示信息。In another possible implementation manner, before the receiving, by the communication unit, the first message by using the wake-up radio interface, the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, the indication information of the first identifier sent by the network device.
可选地,在该终端设备处于连接态时,该第一标识为该终端设备的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI。Optionally, when the terminal device is in the connected state, the first identifier is a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI of the terminal device.
可选地,该第二标识为该终端设备的移动管理网元临时移动用户标识M-TMSI或S-TMSI。Optionally, the second identifier is a mobility management network element temporary mobile subscriber identity M-TMSI or S-TMSI of the terminal device.
处理单元可以先判断改通信装置所处的状态,例如当处理单元判断改通信装置处于连接态RRC_CONNECTED还是空闲态RRC_IDLE。不论是连接态RRC_CONNECTED还是空闲态RRC_IDLE,处理单元均将低功耗短标识WU-TMSI作为WUS中的目标终端设备标识。这种标识方法能够使唤醒帧WUS携带比特长度较短且固定的信息,简化了WUS中数据结构的设计。The processing unit may first determine the state in which the communication device is located, for example, when the processing unit determines whether the communication device is in the connected state RRC_CONNECTED or the idle state RRC_IDLE. Regardless of whether it is the connected state RRC_CONNECTED or the idle state RRC_IDLE, the processing unit uses the low power short identifier WU-TMSI as the target terminal device identifier in the WUS. This identification method enables the wake-up frame WUS to carry shorter and fixed bit length information, simplifying the design of the data structure in the WUS.
或者,当处理单元判断改通信装置处于RRC_IDLE态,所述处理单元将WUS中的目标终端设备标识为WU-TMSI;当处理单元判断改通信装置处于RRC_CONNECTED态,所述处理单元将WUS中的目标终端设备标识为终端设备的小区级唯一标识,如C-RNTI。Alternatively, when the processing unit determines that the communication device is in the RRC_IDLE state, the processing unit identifies the target terminal device in the WUS as WU-TMSI; when the processing unit determines that the communication device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state, the processing unit targets the WUS. The terminal device identifier is a cell-level unique identifier of the terminal device, such as a C-RNTI.
这种方法能够缩短RRC_CONNECTED态下WUS中的信息比特长度,并且不会造成基站发送WUS和终端设备接收WUS时的模糊。由于存在两种WUS长度,基站应支持两种长度WUS的发送,终端设备应支持两种长度WUS的接收。This method can shorten the information bit length in the WUS in the RRC_CONNECTED state, and does not cause blurring when the base station transmits the WUS and the terminal device receives the WUS. Since there are two WUS lengths, the base station should support the transmission of two lengths of WUS, and the terminal equipment should support the reception of two lengths of WUS.
第五方面,提供了一种网络设备,包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该网络设备执行上述第一方面和第一方面任意一种可能的实现方式中任意一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a fifth aspect, a network device is provided, including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory. The processor is configured to control a transceiver transceiver signal for storing a computer program for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the network device performs any of the first aspect and the first aspect described above. A method in any of the possible implementations of the implementation.
第六方面,提供了一种终端设备,包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该终端设备执行上述第二方面和第二方面任意一种可能的实现方式中任意一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a sixth aspect, a terminal device is provided, including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory. The processor is configured to control a transceiver transceiver signal for storing a computer program, the processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the terminal device performs any one of the second aspect and the second aspect described above A method in any of the possible implementations of the implementation.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的网络设备,或者为设置在网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括:处理器,与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第一方面以及第一方面的任意一种可能的实现方式中网络设备所执行的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置 还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, which may be a network device in the above method design, or a chip disposed in a network device. The communication device includes a processor coupled to the memory for executing instructions in the memory to implement the method of the first aspect and any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect of the network device. Optionally, the communication device further comprises a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, the processor being coupled to the communication interface.
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述是方法设计中的终端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括:处理器,与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第二方面以及第二方面中的任意一种可能的实现方式中终端设备所执行的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, which may be a terminal device in the above method design or a chip disposed in the terminal device. The communication device includes a processor coupled to the memory for executing instructions in the memory to implement the method performed by the terminal device in any of the possible implementations of the second aspect and the second aspect. Optionally, the communication device further comprises a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, the processor being coupled to the communication interface.
第九方面,提供了一种网络实体,该网络实体可以是核心网络中的网络实体,例如移动性管理实体MME,或者网关(如服务网关SGW和/或分组数据网关PGW)。该网络实体也可以是信息管理***IMS中的网络实体。该网络实体用于识别UE的业务类型,并将识别出的UE业务的信息通知给基站,从而支持UE和基站配合实现上述通信方法中第一方面和第二方面设计的方案。In a ninth aspect, a network entity is provided, which may be a network entity in a core network, such as a mobility management entity MME, or a gateway (such as a serving gateway SGW and/or a packet data gateway PGW). The network entity may also be a network entity in the information management system IMS. The network entity is configured to identify the service type of the UE, and notify the base station of the information about the identified UE service, so as to support the UE and the base station to implement the solution designed in the first aspect and the second aspect of the foregoing communication method.
第十方面,提供了一种通信***,该***包括上述第三方面和第三方面任意一种可能的实现方式中任意一种可能的所述网络设备(例如基站或移动性管理网元MME)和第四方面和第四方面任意一种可能的实现方式中任意一种可能的所述终端设备UE;或者,该***包括上述第三方面所述的基站和第九方面所述的网络实体;或者,该***包括上述第四方面所述的UE、第三方面所述的基站和第九方面所述的网络实体。A tenth aspect, a communication system is provided, the system comprising any one of the network devices (such as a base station or a mobility management network element MME) of any one of the foregoing possible implementation manners of the third aspect and the third aspect And the terminal device UE of any one of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect and the fourth aspect; or the system includes the base station according to the third aspect and the network entity of the ninth aspect; Alternatively, the system includes the UE described in the above fourth aspect, the base station according to the third aspect, and the network entity described in the ninth aspect.
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the method of the above aspects.
第十二方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,所述计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面中的方法。According to a twelfth aspect, a computer readable medium storing program code for causing a computer to perform the method of the above aspects when the computer program code is run on a computer.
第十三方面,提供了一种芯片***,该芯片***包括处理器,用于支持终端设备实现上述方面中所涉及的功能,例如,生成,接收,确定,发送,或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片***还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存终端设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片***可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。A thirteenth aspect, a chip system is provided, the chip system comprising a processor for supporting a terminal device to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, for example, generating, receiving, determining, transmitting, or processing the method involved in the foregoing method Data and / or information. In a possible design, the chip system further comprises a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
第十四方面,提供了一种芯片***,该芯片***包括处理器,用于支持网络设备实现上述方面中所涉及的功能,例如,生成,接收,确定,发送,或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片***还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存终端设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片***可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In a fourteenth aspect, a chip system is provided, the chip system comprising a processor for supporting a network device to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, for example, generating, receiving, determining, transmitting, or processing the method involved in the above method Data and / or information. In a possible design, the chip system further comprises a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1是本申请实施例提供的无线通信***的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图2是本申请实施例提供的终端设备和网络设备的接口示意图。2 is a schematic diagram of interfaces between a terminal device and a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图3是本申请实施例提供的唤醒信号发送周期的示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a wake-up signal transmission period provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一例终端设备的标识的构成示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of an identifier of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请实施例提供的一例通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of an example communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例提供的一例通信方法的交互示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of interaction of an example communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的一例终端设备标识生成的示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an example of terminal device identity generation according to an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的又一例终端设备标识生成的示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another example of generating a terminal device identifier according to an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例提供的又一例终端设备标识生成的示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another example of generating a terminal device identifier according to an embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例提供的另一例通信方法的交互示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of interaction of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请实施例提供的另一例通信方法的交互示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of interaction of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一例示意性框图。FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
图13是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的又一例示意性框图。FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of still another example of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
图14是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的一例结构示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图15是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的又一例结构示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of still another example of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图16是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的一例结构示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图17是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的又一例结构示意图。FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of still another example of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“***”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在两个或更多个计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地***、分布式***和/或网络间的另一部件交互的两个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它***交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。The terms "component," "module," "system," and the like, as used in this specification, are used to mean a computer-related entity, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, a component can be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer. By way of illustration, both an application running on a computing device and a computing device can be a component. One or more components can reside within a process and/or execution thread, and the components can be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers. Moreover, these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. A component may, for example, be based on signals having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component between the local system, the distributed system, and/or the network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
应理解,本申请实施例中的方式、情况、类别以及实施例的划分仅是为了描述的方便,不应构成特别的限定,各种方式、类别、情况以及实施例中的特征在不矛盾的情况下可以相结合。It should be understood that the manners, the conditions, the categories, and the divisions of the embodiments in the embodiments of the present application are only for convenience of description, and should not be specifically limited. The various modes, categories, situations, and features in the embodiments are not contradictory. In case you can combine them.
还应理解,申请实施例中的“第一”、“第二”以及“第三”仅为了区分,不应对本申请构成任何限定。It should also be understood that the terms "first", "second", and "third" in the application examples are merely a distinction and should not be construed as limiting.
还应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiment of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
还应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiment of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施中,“协议”可以指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信***中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that, in the implementation of the present application, the “protocol” may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, and may include, for example, the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols used in a future communication system, which is not limited in this application.
还需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方 式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。比如预先定义可以是指协议中定义的。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, “pre-definition” may be implemented by pre-storing corresponding codes, tables, or other manners that can be used to indicate related information in a device (for example, including a terminal device and a network device). This application does not limit its specific implementation. For example, pre-definition can be defined in the protocol.
还需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,名词“网络”和“***”经常交替使用,但本领域的技术人员可以理解其含义。信息(information),信号(signal),消息(message),信道(channel)有时可以混用,应当指出的是,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。“的(of)”,“相应的(corresponding,relevant)”和“对应的(corresponding)”有时可以混用,应当指出的是,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。It should also be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, the terms "network" and "system" are often used interchangeably, but those skilled in the art can understand the meaning thereof. Information, signals, messages, and channels can sometimes be mixed. It should be noted that the meanings to be expressed are consistent when the distinction is not emphasized. "of", "corresponding (relevant)" and "corresponding" can sometimes be mixed. It should be noted that the meaning to be expressed is consistent when the distinction is not emphasized.
还需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,“上报”和“反馈”经常交替使用,但本领域的技术人员可以理解其含义。对于终端设备来说,上报CSI和反馈CSI实质上都可以是通过物理上行信道发送CSI。因此,在本申请实施例中,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。It should also be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, "reporting" and "feedback" are often used interchangeably, but those skilled in the art can understand the meaning thereof. For the terminal device, the reporting CSI and the feedback CSI may all be substantially the CSI transmitted through the physical uplink channel. Therefore, in the embodiments of the present application, the meanings to be expressed are consistent when the distinction is not emphasized.
还需要说明的是,“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“至少一个”是指一个或一个以上;“A和B中的至少一个”,类似于“A和/或B”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和B中的至少一个,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。下面将结合附图详细说明本申请提供的技术方案。It should also be noted that “and/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that A exists separately, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists separately. These three situations. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship. "At least one" means one or more; "at least one of A and B", similar to "A and/or B", describing the association of associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and B. At least one of them may indicate that A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously, and B cases exist separately. The technical solutions provided by the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信***,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)***、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)***、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)***、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)***、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)***、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信***(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access,WiMAX)通信***、未来的第五代(5th Generation,5G)***或新无线(New Radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, and a wideband code division multiple access. (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system, and the future fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) system or new radio (New Radio, NR) and so on.
图1是适用于本申请实施例的无线通信***100的示意图。为便于理解本申请实施例,首先以图1中示出的通信***100为例详细说明适用于本申请实施例的通信***。如图1所示,该无线通信***100可以包括一个或多个接入网设备,例如,图1所示的接入网设备110;该无线通信***100还可以包括一个或多个终端设备,例如,图1所示的终端设备120、终端设备130和终端设备140;该无线通信***100还可以包括核心网设备,例如,图1所示的核心网设备130。该无线通信***100可支持协作多点传输(Coordinated Multiple Points Transmission,CoMP),即,多个小区或多个网络设备可以协同参与一个终端设备的数据传输或者联合接收一个终端设备发送的数据,或者多个小区或多个网络设备进行协作调度或者协作波束成型。其中,该多个小区可以属于相同的网络设备或者不同的网络设备,并且可以根据信道增益或路径损耗、接收信号强度、接收信号指令等来选择。1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 100 suitable for use with embodiments of the present application. In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 is taken as an example to describe the communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the wireless communication system 100 can include one or more access network devices, such as the access network device 110 shown in FIG. 1; the wireless communication system 100 can also include one or more terminal devices. For example, the terminal device 120, the terminal device 130, and the terminal device 140 shown in FIG. 1; the wireless communication system 100 may further include a core network device, for example, the core network device 130 shown in FIG. 1. The wireless communication system 100 can support Coordinated Multiple Points Transmission (CoMP), that is, multiple cells or multiple network devices can cooperatively participate in data transmission of one terminal device or jointly receive data transmitted by one terminal device, or Multiple cells or multiple network devices perform cooperative scheduling or cooperative beamforming. The multiple cells may belong to the same network device or different network devices, and may be selected according to channel gain or path loss, received signal strength, received signal instructions, and the like.
接入网设备为接入网中的网元。在通信***100中,接入网设备110可以是用于 与移动设备通信的设备,应理解,该接入网设备110可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备或可设置于该设备的芯片,该设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(Radio Network Controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(Base Station Controller,BSC)、基站收发台(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,Home evolved NodeB,或Home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(BaseBand Unit,BBU),无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WIFI)***中的接入点(Access Point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G,如,NR,***中的gNB,或,传输点(TRP或TP),5G***中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。The access network device is a network element in the access network. In the communication system 100, the access network device 110 may be a device for communicating with the mobile device. It should be understood that the access network device 110 may be any device having a wireless transceiving function or a chip that can be disposed on the device. The device includes but is not limited to: an evolved Node B (eNB), a Radio Network Controller (RNC), a Node B (NB), and a Base Station Controller (BSC). ), Base Transceiver Station (BTS), home base station (for example, Home evolved NodeB, or Home Node B, HNB), Baseband Unit (BBU), Wireless Fidelity (WIFI) system Access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP), or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., can also be 5G, for example, NR, gNB in the system, or transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of base stations (including multiple antenna panels) in the 5G system, or, alternatively, may constitute a gNB or pass Point of network nodes, such as a baseband unit (the BBU), or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) and the like.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括射频单元(radio unit,RU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能,比如,CU实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能,DU实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令或PHCP层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+RU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为CU节点、或DU节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的设备。此外,CU可以划分为接入网RAN中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(Core Network,CN)中的网络设备,在此不做限制。In some deployments, the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include a radio unit (RU). The CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB. For example, the CU implements radio resource control (RRC), the function of the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, and the DU implements the wireless chain. The functions of the radio link control (RLC), the media access control (MAC), and the physical (PHY) layer. Since the information of the RRC layer eventually becomes information of the PHY layer or is transformed by the information of the PHY layer, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling or PHCP layer signaling, can also be used in this architecture. It is considered to be sent by the DU or sent by the DU+RU. It can be understood that the network device can be a CU node, or a DU node, or a device including a CU node and a DU node. In addition, the CU may be divided into network devices in the access network RAN, and the CU may be divided into network devices in the core network (Core Network, CN), which is not limited herein.
另外,在本申请实施例中,接入网设备为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与接入网设备进行通信,该小区可以是接入网设备(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(Small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(Metro cell)、微小区(Micro cell)、微微小区(Pico cell)、毫微微小区(Femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the access network device provides a service for the cell, and the terminal device communicates with the access network device by using a transmission resource (for example, a frequency domain resource, or a spectrum resource) used by the cell, where the cell It may be a cell corresponding to an access network device (for example, a base station), and the cell may belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell, where the small cell may include: a metro cell and a micro cell ( Micro cell), Pico cell, Femto cell, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
核心网设备130可以与多个接入网设备连接,用于控制接入网设备,并且,可以将从网络侧(例如,互联网)接收到的数据分发至接入网设备,例如,在本申请实施例中,可以是负责移动性管理的网元(Mobility Management Entity function,MME)等,本申请并不限于此。The core network device 130 can be connected to multiple access network devices for controlling the access network device, and can distribute data received from the network side (for example, the Internet) to the access network device, for example, in the present application. In the embodiment, it may be a Mobility Management Entity Function (MME) or the like responsible for mobility management, and the present application is not limited thereto.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以包括接入网设备110或核心网设备130,本申请实施例主要涉及终端设备和网络设备之间的通信和交互,为了便于描述,本文中将接入网设备和核心网设备统称为网络设备,或者在具体的交互描述中,也分别描述为接入网设备、核心网设备。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may include the access network device 110 or the core network device 130. The embodiment of the present application mainly relates to communication and interaction between the terminal device and the network device. For convenience of description, the access network in this document The device and the core network device are collectively referred to as a network device, or in a specific interaction description, respectively, as an access network device and a core network device.
该无线通信***100中的终端设备120也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请的实施例中的终 端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请的实施例对应用场景不做限定。本申请中将前述终端设备及可设置于前述终端设备的芯片统称为终端设备。The terminal device 120 in the wireless communication system 100 may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal. , terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone, a tablet, a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (AR) terminal. Equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation security ( A wireless terminal in a transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, and the like. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the application scenario. In the present application, the foregoing terminal device and a chip that can be disposed in the foregoing terminal device are collectively referred to as a terminal device.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)***中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (IoT) system, and the IoT is an important component of future information technology development, and its main technical feature is to pass the article through the communication technology. Connected to the network to realize an intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and physical interconnection.
应理解,图1中仅为便于理解,示意性地示出了网络设备和终端设备,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定,该无线通信***中还可以包括更多或更少数量的网络设备,也可以包括更多数量的终端设备,与不同的终端设备通信的网络设备可以是相同的网络设备,也可以是不同的网络设备,与不同的终端设备通信的网络设备的数量可以相同,也可以不同,本申请对此不做限定。It should be understood that the network device and the terminal device are schematically illustrated in FIG. 1 for convenience of understanding, but this should not constitute any limitation to the present application, and a more or less number of network devices may be included in the wireless communication system. A network device that can communicate with different terminal devices may be the same network device or a different network device, and the number of network devices that communicate with different terminal devices may be the same. The present application is not limited thereto.
此外,该通信***100可以是PLMN网络、D2D网络、M2M网络、IoT网络、NB-IoT网络或者其他网络,图1只是举例的简化示意图,网络中还可以包括其他接入网设备,图1中未予以画出。In addition, the communication system 100 may be a PLMN network, a D2D network, an M2M network, an IoT network, an NB-IoT network, or other networks. FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram of the example, and the network may also include other access network devices, FIG. Not drawn.
为便于理解本申请实施例,在本申请实施例中,以基站eNB、终端设备UE以及移动性管理实体MME之间的通信和交互为例进行具体的说明。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiment of the present application, the communication and interaction between the base station eNB, the terminal device UE, and the mobility management entity MME are taken as an example for specific description.
下面先对本申请涉及到的几个名词或术语进行简单介绍。The following briefly introduces several terms or terms involved in this application.
1、唤醒射频WUR与唤醒信号1, wake up RF WUR and wake up signal
唤醒射频又称为唤醒接收机(Wake-up Receiver,WUR)。所谓WUR,是指终端设备(如UE)在配置传统主接口(main radio)或又称为主模块的基础上,引入一个WUR接口。The wake-up radio is also known as the Wake-up Receiver (WUR). The so-called WUR refers to a terminal device (such as a UE) that introduces a WUR interface on the basis of configuring a main main interface or a main module.
可用于被唤醒射频WUR接收并解码的信号称为唤醒信号(Wakeup Signal)。UE的WUR持续处于接收状态,或间歇性处于接收状态,当WUR在接收状态中收到来自基站的唤醒信号(例如唤醒包,又称为唤醒帧等)时,向主模块发送触发信号,以唤醒处于关闭状态的主模块,然后通过唤醒后的主模块与基站的主模块进行数据交互。基站侧在逻辑上也包括主模块和WUR模块,但对于当前3GPP标准而言,主模块常常为OFDM宽带发射机,而WUR唤醒信号则可能是窄带信号(以降低WUR的接收功耗),出于降低成本和结构简单考虑,可以利用OFDM宽带发射机产生窄带WUR唤醒信号。例如,将OFDM信号的部分子载波空置而仅在WUR唤醒信号对应的窄带上传输信号,从而产生窄带信号,这就是利用OFDM宽带发射机产生WUR窄带信号的例子,故基站侧可以仅包含一个主接口。A signal that can be used for receiving and decoding by the wake-up radio frequency WUR is called a wake-up signal. The WUR of the UE is continuously in the receiving state, or is intermittently in the receiving state. When the WUR receives the wake-up signal from the base station (for example, the wake-up packet, also called the wake-up frame, etc.) in the receiving state, the trigger signal is sent to the main module to Wake up the main module in the off state, and then perform data interaction with the main module of the base station through the wake-up main module. The base station side also logically includes the main module and the WUR module, but for the current 3GPP standard, the main module is often an OFDM wideband transmitter, and the WUR wakeup signal may be a narrowband signal (to reduce the WUR receiving power consumption). For cost reduction and structural simplicity, OFDM wideband transmitters can be used to generate narrowband WUR wakeup signals. For example, a partial subcarrier of the OFDM signal is vacant and the signal is transmitted only on the narrowband corresponding to the WUR wakeup signal, thereby generating a narrowband signal. This is an example of generating a WUR narrowband signal by using an OFDM wideband transmitter, so that the base station side can include only one master. interface.
基站具体实现中也可将主模块和WUR模块分别进行单独实现,即基站侧也可以同时包含主模块和WUR模块。In the specific implementation of the base station, the main module and the WUR module can be separately implemented, that is, the base station side can also include the main module and the WUR module.
应理解,本申请实施例中,网络设备向终端设备的唤醒射频WUR发送唤醒帧WUS, 是基于第一通信方式,即该WUS的数据格式是终端设备的唤醒射频WUR可以识别和获取的。这样的通信方式保证了除WUR之外的接口不会误接该唤醒帧WUS。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device sends the wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device, which is based on the first communication mode, that is, the data format of the WUS is that the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device can be identified and acquired. Such a communication method ensures that an interface other than the WUR does not misconnect the wake-up frame WUS.
2、触发信号2, the trigger signal
触发信号用于触发并激活主接口。主模块通常处于关闭状态,只有当收到来自WUR模块的触发信号时,主模块才会激活,然后通过主模块与基站进行数据通信。其中,触发信号可是由WUR模块发送给主模块的中断信号,用于触发主模块进入激活状态,触发信号是UE内部信号,可通过有线或无线方式传输。需要说明的是,上述WUR模块发送触发信号给主模块是逻辑上的,在实际***中,WUR接口也可以将收到的唤醒信号转发给处理器,由处理器决定是否唤醒主模块,此时,触发信号实际上是由处理器发出的,或由处理器指示其它模块发出的。The trigger signal is used to trigger and activate the main interface. The main module is usually in the off state. Only when the trigger signal from the WUR module is received, the main module is activated, and then the main module communicates with the base station. The trigger signal may be an interrupt signal sent by the WUR module to the main module, and is used to trigger the main module to enter an activation state, and the trigger signal is an internal signal of the UE, and may be transmitted by wire or wirelessly. It should be noted that the above WUR module sends a trigger signal to the main module in a logical manner. In an actual system, the WUR interface can also forward the received wake-up signal to the processor, and the processor determines whether to wake up the main module. The trigger signal is actually sent by the processor or directed by the processor to other modules.
通常,网络设备可以向空闲状态和连接状态的终端设备发送寻呼。寻呼过程可以如图1所示由核心网触发,用于通知某个终端设备接收寻呼请求,或者也可以由网络设备触发,用于通知***信息更新。LTE***中的寻呼消息采用物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)调度的物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)承载。例如,一个PDSCH信道中最多可以携带16个UE的寻呼消息,多个UE的寻呼消息构成一个寻呼列表paging Record List,UE读取paging Record List中的每一个UE的Paging Record,Paging Record中包含了被寻呼的UE的标识UE-Identity。如果UE发现自己的UE标志与某个UE-Identity一致,就判断自己被该网络设备寻呼。由于多个UE的寻呼消息在一个PDSCH内传输且网络设备不知道空闲态UE的信道质量,所以一般网络向UE发送寻呼时会采用保守的MCS、较低的码率、或者较大的调度带宽以保证可以使小区边缘的UE能够接收到寻呼消息。Typically, a network device can send a page to a terminal device in an idle state and a connected state. The paging process may be triggered by the core network as shown in FIG. 1 to notify a certain terminal device to receive a paging request, or may also be triggered by the network device to notify the system information update. The paging message in the LTE system is carried by a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) scheduled by a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). For example, a PDSCH channel can carry up to 16 paging messages of a UE, and paging messages of multiple UEs form a paging list paging register, and the UE reads a paging record of each UE in the paging Record List, Paging Record. The identifier UE-Identity of the paged UE is included. If the UE finds that its own UE flag is consistent with a certain UE-Identity, it determines that it is paged by the network device. Since paging messages of multiple UEs are transmitted in one PDSCH and the network device does not know the channel quality of the idle state UE, the general network sends a paging to the UE with a conservative MCS, a lower code rate, or a larger one. The bandwidth is scheduled to ensure that the UE at the cell edge can receive the paging message.
应理解,本申请实施例中,网络设备基于第一通信方式向终端设备的唤醒射频WUR发送唤醒帧WUS,该WUS激活该WUR产生触发信号,激活终端设备的主接口。之后网络设备可以和终端设备时间通信。例如,网络设备向终端设备发送第一数据,终端设备通过主接口接收该第一数据,这样的通信过程是基于第二通信方式进行的。即第一数据的格式是终端设备的主接口可以接收和识别的数据格式。本申请包括但不限于此。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device sends a wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device according to the first communication manner, and the WUS activates the WUR to generate a trigger signal to activate the main interface of the terminal device. The network device can then communicate with the terminal device at a time. For example, the network device sends the first data to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first data through the primary interface, and the communication process is performed based on the second communication manner. That is, the format of the first data is a data format that the main interface of the terminal device can receive and recognize. This application includes but is not limited to.
图2示出了本申请实施例提供的终端设备120和基站110之间的接口示意图。具体地,结合图2对上述概念进行详细的说明。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an interface between a terminal device 120 and a base station 110 according to an embodiment of the present application. Specifically, the above concept will be described in detail in conjunction with FIG. 2.
在该通信***中,用于数据通信的模块,统称为主通信模块,也可称为主接口或主模块,如图2中所示的主接口122;用于设备唤醒的模块,统称为唤醒射频模块,也可称为唤醒射频接口或唤醒射频(WUR),如图2中所示的主接口121。eNB 110至少包括一个主接口111和天线模块112;UE 120至少包括一个WUR接口121、主接口122和天线模块123。当然,图2中eNB 110还可以包括WUR接口,本申请对此并不限制。In the communication system, the modules for data communication are collectively referred to as a main communication module, which may also be referred to as a main interface or a main module, such as the main interface 122 shown in FIG. 2; the modules for device wake-up, collectively referred to as wake-up The radio frequency module, which may also be referred to as a wake-up radio interface or wake-up radio frequency (WUR), is the main interface 121 as shown in FIG. 2. The eNB 110 includes at least one primary interface 111 and an antenna module 112. The UE 120 includes at least one WUR interface 121, a primary interface 122, and an antenna module 123. Of course, the eNB 110 in FIG. 2 may also include a WUR interface, which is not limited in this application.
eNB 110发送唤醒帧150(唤醒信号的一种)给UE 120的WUR 121,当UE 120的WUR 121在接收状态中收到来自基站的唤醒帧150时,向主接口122发送触发信号,以唤醒处于关闭状态的主模块,然后通过唤醒后的主接口122与eNB 110的主接口111进行数据帧160的交互,从而完成通信过程。The eNB 110 transmits a wake-up frame 150 (one of the wake-up signals) to the WUR 121 of the UE 120. When the WUR 121 of the UE 120 receives the wake-up frame 150 from the base station in the receiving state, it transmits a trigger signal to the main interface 122 to wake up. The main module in the off state then performs the interaction of the data frame 160 with the main interface 111 of the eNB 110 through the awake main interface 122, thereby completing the communication process.
另外,图2中示出了eNB 110和UE 120的天线,应理解,eNB 110和UE 120可 以都只有一个天线,这主要是考虑主接口和WUR接口使用相同或接近的频段载波情况下,可共用同一天线,以节省成本和简化设备结构。当然,主接口和WUR模块分别使用不同天线显然也是可行的。当主接口和WUR接口使用频域上距离较大的不同频段载波时,两者应配置不同天线。例如,主接口使用6GHz频段,WUR接口使用1.8GHz频段,此时两者应使用不同天线。In addition, the antennas of the eNB 110 and the UE 120 are shown in FIG. 2. It should be understood that both the eNB 110 and the UE 120 may have only one antenna, which is mainly considering that the primary interface and the WUR interface use the same or close frequency carrier. Share the same antenna to save cost and simplify equipment structure. Of course, it is obviously feasible to use different antennas for the main interface and the WUR module respectively. When the primary interface and the WUR interface use different frequency band carriers with a larger distance in the frequency domain, the two antennas should be configured with different antennas. For example, the primary interface uses the 6 GHz band and the WUR interface uses the 1.8 GHz band, where both antennas should use different antennas.
UE采用WUR接收信号相比使用主接口接收信号能够降低功耗,其主要原因在于唤醒信号的接收和译码远比传统主接口信号简单。唤醒信号通常采用易于接收端解调的调制方式,例如开关键控(on-off key,OOK)调制、频移键控(Frequency Shift Keying,FSK)、幅移键控(Amplitude Shift Keying,ASK)等。以OOK调制为例,接收端通过有无能量判断接收信号承载的信息,例如,有能量为1,无能量为0。而传统主接口信号由于在发送端采用正交频分复用调制编码(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)、Turbo编码/低密度奇偶校验(Low-density Parity Check,LDPC)/极化码(Polar Code)信道编码等,相应地,接收端需执行快速傅里叶变换(Fast Fourier Transform,FFT)、前向纠错码(Forward Error Correction,FEC)译码等复杂信号处理操作,这些操作需要耗费大量能量。另一种实现低功耗WUR的方法是接收端采用被动接收机,例如近场通信(Near Field Communication,NFC)技术。The UE adopts the WUR receiving signal to reduce the power consumption compared to the receiving signal using the main interface. The main reason is that the receiving and decoding of the wake-up signal is much simpler than the traditional main interface signal. The wake-up signal is usually modulated by a receiver that is easy to receive, such as on-off key (OOK) modulation, frequency shift keying (FSK), and amplitude shift keying (ASK). Wait. Taking OOK modulation as an example, the receiving end judges the information carried by the receiving signal by the presence or absence of energy, for example, the energy is 1, and the energy is zero. The traditional primary interface signal uses Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM), Turbo coding/Low-density Parity Check (LDPC)/Polarization Code (Polar) at the transmitting end. Code) channel coding, etc., correspondingly, the receiving end needs to perform complex signal processing operations such as Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) and Forward Error Correction (FEC) decoding. A lot of energy. Another way to implement a low power WUR is to use a passive receiver at the receiving end, such as Near Field Communication (NFC) technology.
图2中eNB 110的主接口111、UE 120的主接口122可以是例如无线(WiFi)通信接口或蓝牙(BlueTooth)等通信接口。出于节省成本和简化设计的考虑,UE侧的WUR接口往往只支持唤醒信号的接收能力即可,而无需支持发送能力。The main interface 111 of the eNB 110 in FIG. 2, and the main interface 122 of the UE 120 may be a communication interface such as a wireless (WiFi) communication interface or Bluetooth (BlueTooth). For cost-saving and simplified design considerations, the WUR interface on the UE side only supports the receiving capability of the wake-up signal without supporting the transmission capability.
需要特别说明的是,唤醒信号的发送端可以是基站,接收端是配备WUR的终端设备,如手机、传感器等前述列举的终端设备;唤醒信号的发送端也可以是终端设备,如手机等前述列举的终端设备;接收端是配备WUR的其它终端设备,如智能手表、手环等前述列举的终端设备;唤醒信号的发送端还可以是终端设备,如手机等前述列举的终端设备,接收端是配备WUR的基站;唤醒信号的发送端还可以是终端设备,如智能手表、手环等,接收端是配备WUR的终端设备,如手机。总之,唤醒信号的发送端需具备唤醒信号发送能力,接收端必须配备WUR接口以便接收唤醒信号。为便于描述,本申请中基站表示唤醒信号的发送端,UE表示唤醒信号的接收端,而不代表收发设备的具体产品形态。本文中,唤醒信号是所有可被WUR接收并解码的信号的统称,例如,唤醒信号可以是前述唤醒帧,也可以是其它帧。应理解,本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be particularly noted that the transmitting end of the wake-up signal may be a base station, the receiving end is a terminal device equipped with a WUR, such as a mobile phone, a sensor, and the like, and the sending end of the wake-up signal may also be a terminal device, such as a mobile phone. The terminal device is listed; the receiving terminal is another terminal device equipped with WUR, such as a smart watch, a wristband, and the like, and the terminal device of the wake-up signal can also be a terminal device, such as a mobile phone, etc. It is a base station equipped with WUR; the sending end of the wake-up signal can also be a terminal device, such as a smart watch, a wristband, etc., and the receiving end is a terminal device equipped with a WUR, such as a mobile phone. In short, the sender of the wake-up signal needs to have the wake-up signal transmission capability, and the receiver must be equipped with a WUR interface to receive the wake-up signal. For convenience of description, the base station in the present application indicates the transmitting end of the wake-up signal, and the UE indicates the receiving end of the wake-up signal, and does not represent the specific product form of the transceiver device. Herein, the wake-up signal is a general term for all signals that can be received and decoded by the WUR. For example, the wake-up signal may be the aforementioned wake-up frame or other frames. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
若UE的WUR长期处于激活状态,显然会比较耗电。一种解决办法是,WUR间歇性处于激活状态,UE的WUR处于激活状态的时间窗口称为唤醒窗口(Wakeup window),如图3所示是本申请实施例提供的唤醒窗口示意图。这种唤醒窗口的出现应当是规律性的,以便基站能够知道UE的WUR何时能够接收唤醒信号。例如,在图3中,T为一个周期,在周期T内,有t的时间(如图中阴影部分所示的时间)内WUR处于激活状态。具体地,例如T为100ms,t为20ms,则WUR在每100ms中有20ms处于激活状态。应理解,这里T和t的时间只是一种举例,本申请包括但并不限于此。If the UE's WUR is active for a long time, it will obviously consume more power. A solution is that the WUR is in an active state, and the time window in which the WUR of the UE is in an active state is called a Wakeup window. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the awake window provided by the embodiment of the present application. The appearance of such an awake window should be regular so that the base station can know when the WUR of the UE can receive the wake-up signal. For example, in Fig. 3, T is a period in which WUR is active during a period of time t (time shown by the shaded portion in the figure). Specifically, for example, T is 100 ms and t is 20 ms, then the WUR is activated for 20 ms every 100 ms. It should be understood that the times of T and t herein are merely examples, and the application includes but is not limited thereto.
当基站有数据需要向UE发送时,可在该UE的唤醒窗口t时间中发送唤醒帧150,从而唤醒UE 120的主接口122。唤醒窗口的起始时刻、窗口时长以及周期,可以是标准预定义的,也可以是基站配置的。当然,也可以不引入唤醒窗口,即UE的WUR始终 处于监听状态,这使得基站可随时唤醒UE,有利于降低唤醒延迟,缺点是UE能耗升高。When the base station has data to send to the UE, the wake-up frame 150 may be sent in the wake-up window t time of the UE, thereby waking up the main interface 122 of the UE 120. The start time, window duration, and period of the wake-up window can be standard pre-defined or configured by the base station. Certainly, the awake window may not be introduced, that is, the WUR of the UE is always in the listening state, which makes the base station wake up the UE at any time, which is beneficial to reduce the wakeup delay, and the disadvantage is that the UE consumes energy.
对于引入了WUR接口的终端设备,即UE配置了WUR接口,则当基站没有数据向UE发送且UE也没有数据传输时,UE的主通信接口(如NR/LTE/CDMA/GSM等)处于关闭状态,而WUR接口处于激活状态或如图3所示的间歇性激活状态。当基站有数据向UE发送时,首先向UE的WUR接口发送唤醒帧,以便使UE唤醒自己的主通信接口。其中,唤醒帧应当包含UE的标识ID,只有UE检测到唤醒帧的目标UE ID和自身匹配的时候才唤醒自己的主通信接口。For a terminal device that has introduced the WUR interface, that is, the UE is configured with a WUR interface, when the base station has no data to send to the UE and the UE has no data transmission, the primary communication interface (such as NR/LTE/CDMA/GSM, etc.) of the UE is closed. Status, while the WUR interface is active or intermittently activated as shown in Figure 3. When the base station has data to send to the UE, the wake-up frame is first sent to the WUR interface of the UE, so that the UE wakes up its own main communication interface. The wake-up frame should include the identifier ID of the UE, and the UE only wakes up its own primary communication interface when it detects that the target UE ID of the wake-up frame matches itself.
目前,网络侧标识终端设备的一种方法是使用服务临时移动用户识别码(Service-Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity,S-TMSI)。S-TMSI是全球唯一临时用户标识(Globally Unique Temporary UE Identity,GUTI)的缩短形式,以实现更高效的无线信令流程,用于寻呼和服务请求。Currently, one method for identifying a terminal device on the network side is to use a Service-Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity (S-TMSI). S-TMSI is a shortened form of Globally Unique Temporary UE Identity (GUTI) to enable more efficient wireless signaling procedures for paging and service requests.
S-TMSI的构成由图4所示,由8bits的移动管理实体码(MME Code,MMEC)和32bits的MME临时移动用户标识码(MME Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity,M-TMSI)两部分构成。其中,M-TMSI为MME控制范围内唯一的临时移动用户标识。As shown in FIG. 4, the S-TMSI is composed of an 8-bit Mobile Management Entity Code (MME Code, MMEC) and a 32-bit MME Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity (M-TMSI). The M-TMSI is the only temporary mobile subscriber identity within the MME control range.
在LTE和NR中,网络侧寻呼用户使用的是S-TMSI,该标识承载于物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)中。由于PDSCH可承载的信息量较多,所以可以使用S-TMSI进行用户标识。但是,WUS的调制阶数低、可靠性要求高等特征,唤醒帧所能携带的信息量可能有限;此外,在多设备唤醒的应用场景中,唤醒帧还可能要携带多个设备的用户标识ID。故而,较长的用户标识可能不适合在唤醒帧中携带。另外,在无线局域网(Wireless Fidelity,WIFI)中发送唤醒帧WUS时,WUS支持62.5kb/s与250kb/s两种速率,即62.5b/ms与250b/ms。假设WUS中以一个子帧为单位(1ms)来传输一个唤醒帧,则每个唤醒帧只能携带约62bits与250bits的信息。由于唤醒帧中至少还需要携带唤醒指示域,用来指示该帧为唤醒帧,以及其它可能的拓展域。所以在唤醒帧中携带完整的S-TMSI标识指示不一定是最好的标识低功耗设备的方法。In LTE and NR, the network side paging user uses S-TMSI, and the identifier is carried in a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH). Since the PDSCH can carry a large amount of information, the S-TMSI can be used for user identification. However, WUS has low modulation order and high reliability requirements. The amount of information that a wake-up frame can carry may be limited. In addition, in a multi-device wake-up application scenario, the wake-up frame may also carry the user ID of multiple devices. . Therefore, a longer user identification may not be suitable for carrying in a wake-up frame. In addition, when sending wake-up frame WUS in Wireless Fidelity (WIFI), WUS supports 62.5 kb/s and 250 kb/s, namely 62.5 b/ms and 250 b/ms. Assuming that a wake-up frame is transmitted in WUS in units of one subframe (1 ms), each wake-up frame can only carry about 62 bits and 250 bits of information. Since the wake-up frame needs to carry at least a wake-up indication field, it is used to indicate that the frame is a wake-up frame, and other possible extended fields. So carrying a complete S-TMSI identification indication in a wake-up frame is not necessarily the best way to identify a low-power device.
目前,还有另一种网络侧标识终端设备的方法,即使用一个16bits的小区无线网络临时标识(Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier,C-RNTI),C-RNTI是连接态RRC_CONNECTED的UE在小区内的唯一标识。但是C-RNTI只能用于RRC_CONNECTED态的UE。由于WUR技术可能应用于连接态RRC_CONNECTED和空闲态RRC_IDLE两种状态,而C-RNTI无法应用于RRC_IDLE状态下的低功耗设备,所以使用C-RNTI来标识低功耗设备有场景上的局限。At present, there is another method for identifying a terminal device on the network side, that is, a 16-bit Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI) is used, and the C-RNTI is a UE in a connected state RRC_CONNECTED in the cell. Uniquely identifies. However, the C-RNTI can only be used for UEs in the RRC_CONNECTED state. Since the WUR technology may be applied to both the connected state RRC_CONNECTED and the idle state RRC_IDLE, and the C-RNTI cannot be applied to the low power device in the RRC_IDLE state, the use of the C-RNTI to identify the low power device has a scene limitation.
因此本申请提出了一种标识低功耗设备的方法,提出一种适用于低功耗设备的短标识,能够减少标识低功耗设备所需要的比特数,这种短标识更适用于携带有限长度比特的WUS唤醒帧。同时,低功耗设备短标识相比于完整长标识所节省出来的空间,使得多设备唤醒帧的设计更为灵活。Therefore, the present application proposes a method for identifying a low-power device, and proposes a short identifier suitable for a low-power device, which can reduce the number of bits required to identify a low-power device, and the short identifier is more suitable for carrying. WUS wake-up frame of length bits. At the same time, the low-power device short identifier saves space compared to the full-length identifier, making the design of multi-device wake-up frames more flexible.
图5是本申请实施例提供的一例标识低功耗设备的示意图,该方法500可以应用于上述图1和图2所描述的通信***中的网络设备,具体地,应用于包括接入网设备、终端设备和移动性管理实体MME的通信***中的网络设备,所述终端设备包括唤醒射 频接口和主接口,所述唤醒射频接口用于产生触发信号,所述触发信号用于激活所述主接口,所述主接口用于所述终端设备和所述接入网设备之间的通信,所述终端设备处于所述MME控制的多个追踪区域TA中的至少一个TA内,应理解,本申请实施例并不限于此。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an example of identifying a low power consumption device according to an embodiment of the present application. The method 500 can be applied to the network device in the communication system described in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, specifically, the application includes an access network device. a network device in a communication system of the terminal device and the mobility management entity MME, the terminal device includes a wake-up radio frequency interface and a main interface, the wake-up radio frequency interface is configured to generate a trigger signal, and the trigger signal is used to activate the main An interface, the main interface is used for communication between the terminal device and the access network device, and the terminal device is in at least one of the plurality of tracking areas TA controlled by the MME, it should be understood that The application embodiment is not limited to this.
如前所述,现有的不论是40bits的S-TMSI或32bits的M-TMSI,还是16bits的C-RNTI都具有局限性,本申请提出一种低功耗设备标识,为了描述方便,我们将它称为低功耗设备短标识(Wake-up Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity,WU-TMSI),该WU-TMSI是TA或TA list内的设备标识。应理解,具体的名字可以由其它名称代替,本申请包括但不限于此。As mentioned above, the existing S-TMSI of 40 bits or the M-TMSI of 32 bits and the C-RNTI of 16 bits have limitations. This application proposes a low-power device identification. For the convenience of description, we will It is called Wake-up Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity (WU-TMSI), which is the device identifier in the TA or TA list. It should be understood that specific names may be replaced by other names, and the application includes but is not limited thereto.
应理解,一个MME可以控制多个追踪区域TA,终端设备位于至少一个追踪区域TA内。网络设备为在网的UE分配该WU-TMSI,网络侧可以通过移动性管理网元为低功耗设备分配该WU-TMSI,该移动性管理网元可以是MME。本申请所述的TA列表包括一个MME控制的所述多个TA中的至少一个TA。例如,当TA列表包括5个TA,这5个TA是由同一个MME控制的,那么该WU-TMSI就是这5个TA内的标识;当TA列表包括1个TA,那么该WU-TMSI就是该TA内的唯一标识。It should be understood that one MME may control multiple tracking areas TA, and the terminal equipment is located in at least one tracking area TA. The network device allocates the WU-TMSI to the UE in the network, and the network side may allocate the WU-TMSI to the low-power device through the mobility management network element, where the mobility management network element may be the MME. The TA list described in the present application includes at least one of the plurality of TAs controlled by one MME. For example, when the TA list includes 5 TAs, which are controlled by the same MME, then the WU-TMSI is the identifier in the 5 TAs; when the TA list includes 1 TA, then the WU-TMSI is A unique identifier within the TA.
此外,应理解,本申请实施例中,对该WU-TMSI的限定有以下考虑,当终端设备处在仅一个TA内,则在该TA内,终端设备的WU-TMSI是唯一的;当终端设备同时处在5个TA构成的TA列表中,可能该WU-TMSI不是唯一的,此时多个终端设备的标识可以是相同的,网络侧可以同时唤醒多个功能类似的终端设备。即使WUS误唤醒多个终端设备,但是当终端设备开始用主接口跟网络设备通信,在主接口下网络设备还是用的S-TMSI或M-TMSI来标识终端设备,所以误唤醒后还会有S-TMSI或M-TMSI这种唯一的标识来保障网络设备可以唯一地寻呼目标终端设备。本申请包括但并不限于此。In addition, it should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the definition of the WU-TMSI has the following considerations: when the terminal device is in only one TA, within the TA, the WU-TMSI of the terminal device is unique; The device is in the TA list of the five TAs. The WU-TMSI is not unique. In this case, the identifiers of multiple terminal devices can be the same. The network side can wake up multiple terminal devices with similar functions at the same time. Even if the WUS erroneously wakes up multiple terminal devices, when the terminal device starts to communicate with the network device by using the primary interface, the network device still uses the S-TMSI or M-TMSI to identify the terminal device under the primary interface, so there will be a false wake-up. A unique identifier such as S-TMSI or M-TMSI ensures that the network device can uniquely page the target terminal device. This application includes but is not limited to this.
图6从终端设备和网络设备之间的交互示意图进行详细说明。具体示出了当MME向终端设备UE分配第一标识WU-TMSI时,MME、接入网设备和终端设备之间的具体交互过程。下面,结合图5和图6对本申请实施例的标识低功耗设备的方法进行说明。FIG. 6 is a detailed description of the interaction between the terminal device and the network device. Specifically, a specific interaction process between the MME, the access network device, and the terminal device when the MME allocates the first identifier WU-TMSI to the terminal device UE. Hereinafter, a method for identifying a low power consumption device according to an embodiment of the present application will be described with reference to FIG. 5 and FIG. 6.
如图6所示,该方法600包括以下内容。As shown in FIG. 6, the method 600 includes the following.
S601,MME向终端设备分配第一标识WU-TMSI,终端设备接收MME分配的第一标识。S601. The MME allocates a first identifier WU-TMSI to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first identifier allocated by the MME.
可选地,所述第一标识是所述终端设备在第一TA列表包括的TA的控制范围内的标识,所述第一TA列表包括所述多个TA中的至少一个TA,且所述第一标识的长度小于所述第二标识的长度,所述第二标识是所述终端设备在所述MME控制范围内的唯一标识。Optionally, the first identifier is an identifier of the terminal device within a control range of a TA included in the first TA list, the first TA list includes at least one of the multiple TAs, and the The length of the first identifier is smaller than the length of the second identifier, and the second identifier is a unique identifier of the terminal device within the control range of the MME.
第二标识是MME控制范围内唯一的临时移动用户标识S-TMSI或M-TMSI,因为M-TMSI包含有32bits的指示信息,而S-TMSI在32bits的M-TMSI基础上,还有8bits的MME的标识,信息量较大,本申请实施例引入第一标识,该第一标识是第一标识是在一个TA或一个TA列表(一个TA列表包含多个TA)内的标识,能够减小比特数,便于在唤醒帧中携带,适应唤醒帧承载比特数有限的特点。The second identifier is a unique temporary mobile subscriber identity S-TMSI or M-TMSI within the MME control range, because the M-TMSI includes 32-bit indication information, and the S-TMSI is based on the 32-bit M-TMSI and 8 bits. The MME has a large amount of information, and the first embodiment of the present application is to introduce a first identifier, where the first identifier is an identifier in a TA or a TA list (a TA list includes multiple TAs), which can be reduced. The number of bits is convenient to carry in the wake-up frame, and is adapted to the feature that the wake-up frame carries a limited number of bits.
应理解,一个MME可以控制多个追踪区域TA,终端设备位于至少一个追踪区域TA内。网络设备为在网的UE分配该WU-TMSI,该WU-TMSI是TA或TA list内的设备标识。本申请所述的TA列表包括一个MME控制的所述多个TA中的至少一个TA。例如, 当终端设备处在仅一个TA内,则在该TA内,终端设备的WU-TMSI是唯一的;当终端设备同时处在多个TA构成的TA列表中,该WU-TMSI可以不是唯一的,It should be understood that one MME may control multiple tracking areas TA, and the terminal equipment is located in at least one tracking area TA. The network device allocates the WU-TMSI to the UE in the network, and the WU-TMSI is the device identifier in the TA or TA list. The TA list described in the present application includes at least one of the plurality of TAs controlled by one MME. For example, when the terminal device is in only one TA, the WU-TMSI of the terminal device is unique within the TA; when the terminal device is simultaneously in the TA list composed of multiple TAs, the WU-TMSI may not be unique of,
可选地,所述第一标识是基于所述第二标识生成的。具体地,有以下三种可能的实现方式。Optionally, the first identifier is generated based on the second identifier. Specifically, there are three possible implementations.
方式一:method one:
作为一种可能的实现方式,所述第一标识的序列是从所述第二标识的序列中截取的。例如,所述第一标识的序列是对S-TMSI或M-TMSI的序列进行部分截取生成的。As a possible implementation manner, the sequence of the first identifier is intercepted from the sequence of the second identifier. For example, the sequence of the first identifier is generated by partially intercepting a sequence of S-TMSI or M-TMSI.
例如,图7所示,8bits的MMEC和32bitsM-TMSI组成40bits的S-TMSI,可以对S-TMSI的前24位进行截取,则有WU-TMSI=MMEC+Partial M-TMSI。For example, as shown in FIG. 7, the 8-bit MMEC and the 32-bit M-TMSI form a 40-bit S-TMSI, and the first 24 bits of the S-TMSI can be intercepted, and there is WU-TMSI=MMEC+Partial M-TMSI.
对于图7的WU-TMSI生成方案,继承了原有的一般ID构成方式,即WU-TMSI的构成是:管理区域+区域内ID。该方案的好处是便于核心网设备MME基于MME进行终端设备的追踪。但Partial M-TMSI域只有16bits意味着只能对同一MME下的终端设备进行至多65536个分组(组里包含一个或多个终端设备)。For the WU-TMSI generation scheme of FIG. 7, the original general ID configuration is inherited, that is, the composition of the WU-TMSI is: the management area + the intra-area ID. The advantage of this scheme is that it facilitates the core network device MME to perform tracking of the terminal device based on the MME. However, only 16 bits of the Partial M-TMSI domain means that only up to 65536 packets can be made to the terminal devices in the same MME (the group contains one or more terminal devices).
或者,如图8所示,可以对S-TMSI的后24位进行截取,则有WU-TMSI=Partial M-TMSI。Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 8, the last 24 bits of the S-TMSI may be intercepted, and then there is WU-TMSI=Partial M-TMSI.
对于图8的WU-TMSI生成方案,WU-TMSI的24bits都取于M-TMSI,即区域内ID。ID的随机性比图7的截取方案高。换言之,对于一个终端设备,在TA list下发生WU-TMSI重复的几率要比图7的截取方案小很多,即被误唤醒的几率就要小很多。For the WU-TMSI generation scheme of FIG. 8, the 24 bits of the WU-TMSI are taken from the M-TMSI, that is, the intra-area ID. The randomness of the ID is higher than the interception scheme of FIG. In other words, for a terminal device, the probability of a WU-TMSI repetition occurring under the TA list is much smaller than that of the interception scheme of FIG. 7, that is, the probability of being erroneously awakened is much smaller.
应理解,这里截取的位数24bits是仅为示例,本方案包括但并不限于此。It should be understood that the number of bits intercepted here is 24 bits, which is only an example, and the solution includes but is not limited thereto.
在方式一提供的方案下,基站可以用1bit的指示信息来指示终端设备使用前截取还是后截取,用5bits的指示信息来指示截取多少位。基站在唤醒帧WUS中需要唤醒终端设备时,直接在目标终端设备的ID域携带WU-TMSI。终端设备检测到WUS中目标终端设备的ID域与自身的WU-TMSI相同时,随即唤醒主通信接口与基站通信。In the solution provided by the first method, the base station can use the 1 bit indication information to indicate whether the terminal device intercepts or intercepts before using, and uses 5 bits of indication information to indicate how many bits are intercepted. When the base station needs to wake up the terminal device in the wake-up frame WUS, the base station directly carries the WU-TMSI in the ID field of the target terminal device. When the terminal device detects that the ID field of the target terminal device in the WUS is the same as its own WU-TMSI, the terminal device wakes up and communicates with the base station.
方式二:Method 2:
所述第一标识的序列是基于预设的函数对所述第二标识的序列进行变换后生成的。例如,所述第一标识的序列是对S-TMSI或M-TMSI的序列进行变换处理后生成的。The sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming the sequence of the second identifier based on a preset function. For example, the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming a sequence of S-TMSI or M-TMSI.
可选地,一种变换处理的实施例分为两步:1.对S-TMSI或M-TMSI截取比特串;2.使用MMEC和/或TAC对比特串加扰。这里,TAC指的是追踪区域TA的ID。Optionally, an embodiment of transform processing is divided into two steps: 1. intercepting a bit string for S-TMSI or M-TMSI; 2. scrambling the bit string using MMEC and/or TAC. Here, the TAC refers to the ID of the tracking area TA.
具体地,可以是如下步骤。Specifically, it may be the following steps.
第一步,如方式一对S-TMSI或M-TMSI进行截取,得到比特串。In the first step, a pair of S-TMSI or M-TMSI is intercepted to obtain a bit string.
第二步,对所得比特串与MMEC String和TAC String进行错位异或运算,得到WU-TMSI,如图9所示。In the second step, the obtained bit string is misaligned or XORed with the MMEC String and the TAC String to obtain the WU-TMSI, as shown in FIG.
不失一般性,图9的第一步对S-TMSI的后24bits进行了截取作为示例。实际应用中,截取的比特数和位置是可以灵活变化的。Without loss of generality, the first step of Figure 9 takes an interception of the last 24 bits of the S-TMSI as an example. In practical applications, the number and location of intercepted bits can be flexibly changed.
该方案通过对S-TMSI或M-TMSI部分截取所得的比特串,再与MMEC、TAC比特串进行异或运算得到WU-TMSI。因为MMEC和TAC具有地理位置特征,使用MMEC和TAC比特串对S-TMSI或M-TMSI部分截取所得的比特串加扰后,进一步对直接截取的比特串随机化。The scheme obtains the WU-TMSI by performing an exclusive-OR operation on the S-TMSI or M-TMSI part to intercept the obtained bit string and then performing an exclusive-OR operation with the MMEC and TAC bit strings. Since the MMEC and the TAC have geographical location characteristics, the bit string obtained by the S-TMSI or M-TMSI partial truncation is scrambled using the MMEC and TAC bit strings, and the directly intercepted bit string is further randomized.
假设WU-TMSI需要x bits(x>=16),那么MMEC string为对MMEC前插或者后 插(x-8)个0比特之后所得比特串。TAC string为对TAC前插或者后插(x-16)个0比特之后所得比特串。Assuming that the WU-TMSI requires x bits (x >= 16), the MMEC string is a bit string obtained by pre-interpolating or post-inserting (x-8) 0 bits to the MMEC. The TAC string is a bit string obtained after pre-interpolating or post-inserting (x-16) 0 bits to the TAC.
方式三:Method three:
所述第一标识的序列是基于随机生成函数生成的。即基站可以使用任意序列随机生成函数产生WU-TMSI,并配置给终端设备。The sequence of the first identification is generated based on a random generation function. That is, the base station can generate the WU-TMSI using any sequence random generation function and configure it to the terminal device.
若基站和终端设备都知道序列随机生成函数的具体表达,基站也可以通过给终端设备配置序列随机生成函数的参数,由终端设备在终端设备本地生成WU-TMSI。If both the base station and the terminal device know the specific expression of the sequence random generation function, the base station may also generate the WU-TMSI locally by the terminal device by configuring the parameters of the sequence random generation function for the terminal device.
总之,第一标识序列的生成有多种可能的实现方式,本申请实施例包括但并不限于此。In summary, there are many possible implementations of the generation of the first identification sequence, and the embodiments of the present application include but are not limited thereto.
以上方案提出了一种适用于低功耗设备的短标识WU-TMSI,适应唤醒帧承载比特数有限的特点,使得标识终端设备所需要的比特数减少,更适用于携带有限长度比特的WUS唤醒帧。低功耗设备短标识相比于完整长标识所节省出来的空间,使得多设备唤醒帧的设计更为灵活。The above scheme proposes a short identifier WU-TMSI suitable for low-power devices, which is adapted to the limited number of bearer bits of the wake-up frame, so that the number of bits required for identifying the terminal device is reduced, and is more suitable for WUS wake-up carrying finite-length bits. frame. The low-power device short tag saves space compared to the full long tag, making the design of multi-device wake-up frames more flexible.
应理解,第一标识WU-TMSI的长度小于现行的M-TMSI的长度32bits,且WU-TMSI的长度大于或等于现行C-RNTI的长度16bits。显然,如果WU-TMSI的长度大于M-TMSI,则WUS中携带M-TMSI即可。It should be understood that the length of the first identifier WU-TMSI is less than the length of the current M-TMSI by 32 bits, and the length of the WU-TMSI is greater than or equal to the length of the current C-RNTI by 16 bits. Obviously, if the length of the WU-TMSI is greater than the M-TMSI, the MUS can carry the M-TMSI.
在所述终端设备处于连接态时,所述第一标识为所述终端设备的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI。因为当终端设备处于连接态时,C-RNTI为16bits,此时用C-RNTI来作为终端设备的标识最为简便。When the terminal device is in the connected state, the first identifier is a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI of the terminal device. Because the C-RNTI is 16 bits when the terminal device is in the connected state, it is the easiest to use the C-RNTI as the identification of the terminal device.
应理解,对于空闲态RRC_IDLE的终端设备,WUS中的目标终端设备标识为WU-TMSI;对于RRC_CONNECTED态终端设备,WUS中的目标终端设备标识为终端设备的小区级唯一标识,如C-RNTI。由于终端设备当前处于何种状态,网络侧和终端设备侧都是知道的,相应地,网络侧应当发送何种目标终端设备标识、终端设备应当接收何种目标终端设备标识自然也是双方都清楚无误的知道的。因此,这种方法能够缩短RRC_CONNECTED态下WUS中的信息比特长度,并且不会造成基站发送WUS和终端设备接收WUS时的模糊。但是,由于存在两种WUS长度,基站应支持两种长度WUS的发送,终端设备应支持两种长度WUS的接收,It should be understood that for the terminal device of the idle state RRC_IDLE, the target terminal device identifier in the WUS is WU-TMSI; for the RRC_CONNECTED state terminal device, the target terminal device identifier in the WUS is the cell-level unique identifier of the terminal device, such as C-RNTI. Because the terminal device is currently in the state, both the network side and the terminal device side are aware. Accordingly, what kind of target terminal device identifier should be sent by the network side and what target terminal device identifier the terminal device should receive is naturally clear to both parties. Know that. Therefore, this method can shorten the information bit length in the WUS in the RRC_CONNECTED state, and does not cause blurring when the base station transmits the WUS and the terminal device receives the WUS. However, since there are two WUS lengths, the base station should support the transmission of two lengths of WUS, and the terminal equipment should support the reception of two lengths of WUS.
此外,第一标识可以由MME生成,在这种情况下,MME按照上述任一种可能的方式来生成该第一标识。例如,首先,终端设备向网络设备发送标识请求消息,或TA更新消息,请求网络设备为终端设备分配低功耗设备标识WU-TMSI。其次,MME接收该请求消息,并生成该第一标识WU-TMSI。然后,MME向终端设备分配该第一标识,具体地,分配第一标识可以通过无线资源控制信令(Radio Resource Control,RRC)或媒体接入控制层信令(Media Access Control element,MAC CE)等方式配置给终端设备。Furthermore, the first identity may be generated by the MME, in which case the MME generates the first identity in any of the above possible ways. For example, first, the terminal device sends an identifier request message or a TA update message to the network device, requesting the network device to allocate the low power device identifier WU-TMSI to the terminal device. Second, the MME receives the request message and generates the first identifier WU-TMSI. Then, the MME allocates the first identifier to the terminal device. Specifically, the first identifier may be allocated by Radio Resource Control (RRC) or Media Access Control Element (MAC CE). The mode is configured to the terminal device.
此种情况下,MME维护一个MME控制范围内所有终端设备的M-TMSI对WU-TMSI的ID映射表,如下表1所示,该表内的映射是一一映射的。下表1中,终端设备在国际范围内的唯一标识(International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number,IMSI)、终端设备在MME控制范围内唯一标识M-TMSI或S-TMSI和该第一标识WU-TMSI之间具有一一映射关系。In this case, the MME maintains an M-TMSI-to-WU-TMSI ID mapping table for all terminal devices in the MME control range. As shown in Table 1 below, the mappings in the table are one-to-one mapping. In the following Table 1, the International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number (IMSI) of the terminal device, and the terminal device uniquely identifies the M-TMSI or S-TMSI and the first identifier WU-TMSI within the MME control range. Have a one-to-one mapping relationship.
表1Table 1
IMSIIMSI M-TMSIM-TMSI WU-TMSIWU-TMSI 所属TA列表Own TA list ...
15位15 digits 32bits32bits X bitsX bits TA列表1TA list 1 ...
15位15 digits 32bits32bits X bitsX bits TA列表2TA list 2 ...
15位15 digits 32bits32bits X bitsX bits TA列表3TA list 3 ...
... ... ... ... ...
或者,另一种情况,MME向终端设备分配标识过程中,由终端设备来生成所述第一标识,MME向终端设备发送指示消息,该指示消息用于指示所述终端设备生成该第一标识,该指示消息包括生成第一标识的参数或函数等。终端设备收到该指示消息后,根据该参数或函数生成第一标识,具体地,可以按照前述任一种方式生成该第一标识,为了简便,此处不再赘述。Or, in another case, the MME sends the first identifier to the terminal device, and the MME sends an indication message to the terminal device, where the indication message is used to instruct the terminal device to generate the first identifier. The indication message includes a parameter or function that generates the first identifier, and the like. After receiving the indication message, the terminal device generates the first identifier according to the parameter or the function. Specifically, the first identifier may be generated according to any one of the foregoing manners.
应理解,当终端设备处在仅一个TA内,上述S601的执行可以只用于终端设备在TA之间移动的时候,或者,当终端设备同时处在多个TA构成的TA列表中,上述S601的执行可以只用于终端设备在TA列表之间移动的时候等各种可能的情况。可选地,上述S601的执行还可以用于当终端设备初始接入该网络设备时,或者接收网络侧寻呼的多个时刻,本申请实施例包括但不限于此。It should be understood that when the terminal device is located in only one TA, the execution of the above S601 may be used only when the terminal device moves between the TAs, or when the terminal device is simultaneously in the TA list composed of multiple TAs, the above S601 The execution can be used only for various possible situations when the terminal device moves between the TA lists. Optionally, the foregoing implementation of the S601 may be used to: when the terminal device initially accesses the network device, or receives multiple times of paging on the network side, the embodiments of the present application include but are not limited thereto.
S602,MME向接入网设备发送第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息用于对所述终端设备发起寻呼。S602. The MME sends a first paging message to the access network device, where the first paging message is used to initiate paging to the terminal device.
可选地,所述第一寻呼消息可以携带所述第一标识。对MME而言,MME为终端设备分配第一标识,所以MME对该终端设备发起寻呼时可以携带该第一标识WU-TMSI。Optionally, the first paging message may carry the first identifier. For the MME, the MME allocates the first identifier to the terminal device, so the MME may carry the first identifier WU-TMSI when the terminal device initiates paging.
S603,基站接收MME发送的第一寻呼消息,并执行S604对自身所接入的终端设备发送唤醒帧,所述唤醒帧携带所述第一标识。S603. The base station receives the first paging message sent by the MME, and performs S604 to send a wake-up frame to the terminal device that is accessed by the MME, and the wake-up frame carries the first identifier.
基站在MME寻呼终端设备的过程中,起到桥梁作用,基站接收MME的第一寻呼消息,获得第一寻呼消息中的终端设备的标识,并向接入的多个终端设备发送唤醒帧。该基站可能接入多个终端设备,多个终端设备收到唤醒帧后,获取该唤醒帧中携带的终端设备的标识。The base station acts as a bridge in the process of paging the terminal device by the MME. The base station receives the first paging message of the MME, obtains the identifier of the terminal device in the first paging message, and sends the wakeup to the accessed multiple terminal devices. frame. The base station may access multiple terminal devices, and after receiving the wake-up frame, the multiple terminal devices acquire the identifier of the terminal device carried in the wake-up frame.
S605,终端设备通过唤醒射频模块WUR接收基站发送的唤醒帧WUS,所述唤醒帧WUS携带所述第一标识WU-TMSI。S605. The terminal device receives the wake-up frame WUS sent by the base station by using the wake-up radio frequency module WUR, where the wake-up frame WUS carries the first identifier WU-TMSI.
所述终端设备接收唤醒帧WUS后,执行图5中S502,所述终端设备在根据所述第一标识确定所述第一消息有效后,根据所述第一消息,控制所述唤醒射频接口产生触发信号,以激活所述主接口。After receiving the wake-up frame WUS, the terminal device performs S502 in FIG. 5, and after determining that the first message is valid according to the first identifier, the terminal device controls the wake-up radio frequency interface to generate according to the first message. A trigger signal to activate the primary interface.
由于终端设备配置了WUR接口,当基站没有数据向终端设备发送且终端设备也没有数据传输时,终端设备的主通信接口处于关闭状态,而WUR接口处于激活状态或间歇性激活状态。当基站有数据向终端设备发送时,首先向终端设备的WUR接口发送唤醒帧WUS,以便使终端设备唤醒自己的主通信接口。其中,唤醒帧应当包含终端设备的标识ID,只有终端设备检测到唤醒帧的目标ID和自身匹配的时候才唤醒自己的主通信接口。Since the terminal device is configured with the WUR interface, when the base station does not send data to the terminal device and the terminal device does not have data transmission, the primary communication interface of the terminal device is in the off state, and the WUR interface is in the activated state or intermittently activated state. When the base station has data to send to the terminal device, the wake-up frame WUS is first sent to the WUR interface of the terminal device, so that the terminal device wakes up its own main communication interface. The wake-up frame should include the identifier ID of the terminal device, and only the terminal device wakes up its own main communication interface when it detects that the target ID of the wake-up frame matches itself.
终端设备接收到基站发送的唤醒帧,获取该唤醒帧所携带的第一标识WU-TMSI, 并将此标识和自身标识进行对比。通过比对,如果该标识和自身标识一致时,接收该唤醒帧,并触发WUR产生触发信号,用于触发并激活主接口。主模块通常处于关闭状态,只有当收到来自WUR模块的触发信号时,主模块才会激活,然后通过主模块与基站进行数据通信。The terminal device receives the wake-up frame sent by the base station, obtains the first identifier WU-TMSI carried by the wake-up frame, and compares the identifier with the identifier. By comparison, if the identifier is consistent with the self-identification, the wake-up frame is received, and the WUR is triggered to generate a trigger signal for triggering and activating the main interface. The main module is usually in the off state. Only when the trigger signal from the WUR module is received, the main module is activated, and then the main module communicates with the base station.
如果该标识和自身标识不一致时,丢弃该唤醒帧,不需要产生触发信号来唤醒主接口。其中,触发信号可是由WUR模块发送给主模块的中断信号,用于触发主模块进入激活状态,触发信号是UE内部信号,可通过有线或无线方式传输。需要说明的是,上述WUR模块发送触发信号给主模块是逻辑上的,在实际***中,WUR接口也可以将收到的唤醒信号转发给处理器,由处理器决定是否唤醒主模块,此时,触发信号实际上是由处理器发出的,或由处理器指示其它模块发出的。应理解,本申请实施例包括但不限于此。If the identifier and the self-identity are inconsistent, the wake-up frame is discarded, and no trigger signal is generated to wake up the main interface. The trigger signal may be an interrupt signal sent by the WUR module to the main module, and is used to trigger the main module to enter an activation state, and the trigger signal is an internal signal of the UE, and may be transmitted by wire or wirelessly. It should be noted that the above WUR module sends a trigger signal to the main module in a logical manner. In an actual system, the WUR interface can also forward the received wake-up signal to the processor, and the processor determines whether to wake up the main module. The trigger signal is actually sent by the processor or directed by the processor to other modules. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application include but are not limited thereto.
当完成上述流程,终端设备已经激活主接口122,该网络设备执行图5中S520,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一数据,所述第一数据的格式是与所述主接口相匹配的格式。When the foregoing process is completed, the terminal device has activated the primary interface 122, and the network device performs S520 in FIG. 5. The network device sends the first data to the terminal device, where the format of the first data is related to the primary interface. The format of the match.
在之后网络设备和终端设备环节,通过各自的主接口进行通信,在主接口下网络设备还是用的S-TMSI或M-TMSI来标识终端设备,所以误唤醒后还会有S-TMSI或M-TMSI这种唯一的标识来保障网络设备可以唯一地寻呼目标终端设备。所以即使误唤醒后还会有S-TMSI或M-TMSI这种唯一的标识来保障网络设备可以唯一地寻呼目标终端设备。After the network device and the terminal device link, communication is performed through the respective main interfaces, and the network device still uses the S-TMSI or M-TMSI to identify the terminal device under the main interface, so there will be S-TMSI or M after the false wake-up. - TMSI is a unique identifier to ensure that the network device can uniquely page the target terminal device. Therefore, even if the error is awakened, there will be a unique identifier such as S-TMSI or M-TMSI to ensure that the network device can uniquely page the target terminal device.
本申请实施例中,网络设备向终端设备的唤醒射频WUR发送唤醒帧WUS,是基于第一通信方式,即该WUS的数据格式是终端设备的唤醒射频WUR可以识别和获取的。这样的通信方式保证了除WUR之外的接口不会误接该唤醒帧WUS。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device sends the wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device, which is based on the first communication mode, that is, the data format of the WUS is that the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device can be identified and acquired. Such a communication method ensures that an interface other than the WUR does not misconnect the wake-up frame WUS.
网络设备基于第一通信方式向终端设备的唤醒射频WUR发送唤醒帧WUS,该WUS激活该WUR产生触发信号,激活终端设备的主接口。之后网络设备可以和终端设备时间通信。例如,网络设备向终端设备发送第一数据,终端设备通过主接口接收该第一数据,这样的通信过程是基于第二通信方式进行的。即第一数据的格式是终端设备的主接口可以接收和识别的数据格式。The network device sends a wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device according to the first communication manner, and the WUS activates the WUR to generate a trigger signal to activate the main interface of the terminal device. The network device can then communicate with the terminal device at a time. For example, the network device sends the first data to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first data through the primary interface, and the communication process is performed based on the second communication manner. That is, the format of the first data is a data format that the main interface of the terminal device can receive and recognize.
上述技术方案,通过移动性管理实体MME为MME控制范围内的终端设备分配一个WU-TMSI,并更新MME控制范围内的ID映射表。此后若终端设备进入了WUR激活模式,在网络侧需要对该终端设备进行寻呼的时候,网络侧可以以S-TMSI向MME指示寻呼该终端设备。MME根据本地的ID映射表,向低功耗设备所属的TA或TAI list下的基站发送寻呼请求,其中携带该终端设备的低功耗短标识WU-TMSI,指示这些基站以短标识WU-TMSI寻呼终端设备。随后,基站在WUS中携带目标WU-TMSI来唤醒目标终端设备,当目标终端设备发现WUS中携带的目标WU-TMSI与自身所被分配的WU-TMSI一致时,唤醒主接口,进而通过主接口与基站进行通信。In the above technical solution, the mobility management entity MME allocates one WU-TMSI to the terminal equipment in the MME control range, and updates the ID mapping table in the MME control range. Thereafter, if the terminal device enters the WUR activation mode, and the network side needs to page the terminal device, the network side may indicate to the MME to page the terminal device by using the S-TMSI. The MME sends a paging request to the base station under the TA or TAI list to which the low-power device belongs according to the local ID mapping table, and carries the low-power short identifier WU-TMSI of the terminal device, indicating that the base stations are short-identified by the WU- TMSI paging terminal equipment. Then, the base station carries the target WU-TMSI in the WUS to wake up the target terminal device. When the target terminal device finds that the target WU-TMSI carried in the WUS is consistent with the WU-TMSI allocated by itself, the base station wakes up the main interface, and then passes through the main interface. Communicate with the base station.
上述流程中,网络侧分配WU-TMSI时,终端设备应处于RRC_Connected态。而基站发送WUS时,终端设备可处于RRC_Connected态或RRC_Idle态。In the above process, when the network side allocates WU-TMSI, the terminal device should be in the RRC_Connected state. When the base station sends the WUS, the terminal device may be in the RRC_Connected state or the RRC_Idle state.
除了上述有MME为终端设备分配低功耗短标识WU-TMSI,网络侧还可以通过基站为低功耗设备分配WU-TMSI。In addition to the foregoing, the MME allocates a low power consumption short identifier WU-TMSI to the terminal device, and the network side can also allocate WU-TMSI to the low power consumption device through the base station.
如图10所示,图10是本申请实施例提供的又一例标识低功耗设备的示意图,图 10也应用于上述图1和图2所描述的通信***。图10从终端设备和网络设备之间的交互示意图进行详细说明。具体示出了当基站向终端设备分配第一标识WU-TMSI时,MME、基站和终端设备之间的具体交互过程。下面,结合图10和图11对本申请实施例的标识低功耗设备的方法进行说明。在一个MME控制范围内包含多个追踪区域TA,一个TA内又可以包括多个基站,本实施例中,以基站1、基站2至基站n进行说明。As shown in FIG. 10, FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of still another example of identifying a low power consumption device according to an embodiment of the present application. FIG. 10 is also applied to the communication system described in FIG. 1 and FIG. FIG. 10 is a detailed description of the interaction between the terminal device and the network device. Specifically, a specific interaction process between the MME, the base station, and the terminal device when the base station allocates the first identifier WU-TMSI to the terminal device is specifically illustrated. Hereinafter, a method for identifying a low power consumption device according to an embodiment of the present application will be described with reference to FIG. 10 and FIG. A plurality of tracking areas TA are included in one MME control range, and a plurality of base stations may be included in one TA. In this embodiment, the base station 1 and the base station 2 to the base station n are described.
如图10所示,该方法1000包括以下内容。As shown in FIG. 10, the method 1000 includes the following.
S1001,基站1向终端设备分配第一标识WU-TMSI,终端设备接收MME分配的第一标识。S1001: The base station 1 allocates a first identifier WU-TMSI to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first identifier allocated by the MME.
S1002,基站1指示同一TA区域内的所有基站之间ID映射表的更新。S1002. The base station 1 indicates an update of the ID mapping table between all base stations in the same TA area.
具体地,上述过程中,由基站为终端设备分配一个WU-TMSI,基站通过X2接口等方式向同一个TA下的其它基站指示更新ID映射表。应理解,X2接口是基站之间的互连接口,能够实现数据和信令的直接传输。同一个TA下的基站维护一个TA内所有终端设备的S-TMSI对WU-TMSI(或M-TMSI对WU-TMSI)的ID映射表,如下表2所示,该终端设备的第一标识WU-TMS和S-TMSI是一一映射的。Specifically, in the foregoing process, the base station allocates one WU-TMSI to the terminal device, and the base station indicates the update ID mapping table to other base stations under the same TA by using an X2 interface or the like. It should be understood that the X2 interface is an interconnection interface between base stations, enabling direct transmission of data and signaling. The base station of the same TA maintains the ID mapping table of the S-TMSI to the WU-TMSI (or the M-TMSI to the WU-TMSI) of all the terminal devices in a TA, as shown in Table 2 below, the first identifier of the terminal device WU - TMS and S-TMSI are one-to-one mapping.
表2Table 2
UE编号UE number S-TMSIS-TMSI WU-TMSIWU-TMSI ...
11 40bits40bits X bitsX bits ...
22 40bits40bits X bitsX bits ...
33 40bits40bits X bitsX bits ...
... ... ... ...
通过基站之间的终端设备映射表的更新,一个TA下的所有基站都可以对终端设备的标识形成共识。Through the update of the terminal device mapping table between the base stations, all base stations under one TA can form a consensus on the identity of the terminal device.
此后若终端设备进入了WUR激活模式,在网络侧需要对该终端设备进行寻呼的时候,可以执行如图11所示的流程。图11是本申请实施例提供的又一例标识低功耗设备的示意图。此后,当网络侧要对终端设备发起寻呼,可以向MME以S-TMSI指示寻呼该终端设备。MME向低功耗设备所属的TA下的所有基站(例如基站1,基站2到基站n)以S-TMSI指示寻呼终端设备。随后,基站根据本地的ID映射表,在唤醒帧WUS中携带目标WU-TMSI来唤醒目标终端设备,当目标终端设备发现WUS中携带的目标WU-TMSI与自身所被分配的WU-TMSI一致时,唤醒主接口,进而通过主接口与基站进行通信。Thereafter, if the terminal device enters the WUR activation mode, and the network side needs to page the terminal device, the process shown in FIG. 11 can be performed. FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of still another example of identifying a low power consumption device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. Thereafter, when the network side wants to initiate paging to the terminal device, the terminal device can be paged to the MME with an S-TMSI indication. The MME indicates to the paging terminal device with S-TMSI to all base stations (e.g., base station 1, base station 2 to base station n) under the TA to which the low power consumption device belongs. Then, the base station carries the target WU-TMSI in the wake-up frame WUS to wake up the target terminal device according to the local ID mapping table. When the target terminal device finds that the target WU-TMSI carried in the WUS is consistent with the WU-TMSI allocated by itself, The main interface is awake, and then communicates with the base station through the main interface.
具体地,如图11所示,该方法1100包括以下内容。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11, the method 1100 includes the following.
S1101,MME向基站发起第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息携带第二标识。例如,第二标识就是S-TMSI或M-TMSI。S1101: The MME sends a first paging message to the base station, where the first paging message carries the second identifier. For example, the second identifier is S-TMSI or M-TMSI.
可选地,此步骤还可以携带第一标识,前提是基站在给终端设备分配低功耗设备短标识WU-TMSI之后,以一定的方式告诉MME该低功耗设备短标识WU-TMSI。如果MME已经有终端设备的短标识信息,则,MME向基站发起寻呼也可以携带该低功耗设备短标识WU-TMSI,即前述的第一标识。应理解,本申请包括但不限于此。Optionally, the step may further carry the first identifier, if the base station notifies the MME of the low-power device short identifier WU-TMSI in a certain manner after allocating the low-power device short identifier WU-TMSI to the terminal device. If the MME already has the short identifier information of the terminal device, the MME may also carry the low power consumption device short identifier WU-TMSI, that is, the foregoing first identifier. It should be understood that the application includes but is not limited thereto.
S1102,基站向终端设备发送唤醒帧WUS,所述唤醒帧携带所述第一标识。S1102: The base station sends a wake-up frame WUS to the terminal device, where the wake-up frame carries the first identifier.
S1103,终端设备接收所述唤醒帧,在根据所述第一标识确定所述唤醒帧有效后,根据所述唤醒帧,控制所述唤醒射频接口产生触发信号,以激活所述主接口,所述终端设备通过所述主接口,与所述网络设备通信。S1103: The terminal device receives the wake-up frame, and after determining that the wake-up frame is valid according to the first identifier, controlling, by the wake-up frame, the wake-up radio interface to generate a trigger signal to activate the primary interface, where The terminal device communicates with the network device through the primary interface.
应理解,本申请实施例中,网络设备向终端设备的唤醒射频WUR发送唤醒帧WUS,是基于第一通信方式,即该WUS的数据格式是终端设备的唤醒射频WUR可以识别和获取的。这样的通信方式保证了除WUR之外的接口不会误接该唤醒帧WUS。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device sends the wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device, which is based on the first communication mode, that is, the data format of the WUS is that the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device can be identified and acquired. Such a communication method ensures that an interface other than the WUR does not misconnect the wake-up frame WUS.
网络设备基于第一通信方式向终端设备的唤醒射频WUR发送唤醒帧WUS,该WUS激活该WUR产生触发信号,激活终端设备的主接口。之后网络设备可以和终端设备时间通信。例如,网络设备向终端设备发送第一数据,终端设备通过主接口接收该第一数据,这样的通信过程是基于第二通信方式进行的。即第一数据的格式是终端设备的主接口可以接收和识别的数据格式。本申请实施例包括但并不限于此。上述过程中,基站之间的协调还应避免同一个TA下分配的WU-TMSI出现重复的问题。The network device sends a wake-up frame WUS to the wake-up radio frequency WUR of the terminal device according to the first communication manner, and the WUS activates the WUR to generate a trigger signal to activate the main interface of the terminal device. The network device can then communicate with the terminal device at a time. For example, the network device sends the first data to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first data through the primary interface, and the communication process is performed based on the second communication manner. That is, the format of the first data is a data format that the main interface of the terminal device can receive and recognize. Embodiments of the application include, but are not limited to, this. In the above process, the coordination between the base stations should also avoid the problem of duplication of the WU-TMSI allocated under the same TA.
WU-TMSI是终端设备在一个TA或TA list内具有唯一性的低功耗设备标识。当处于WUR激活模式的终端设备因移动而发生TA更新时,网络侧可在TA更新过程中通过图6或图10的所述流程为终端设备分配新的WU-TMSI,WU-TMSI可以在跟踪区域更新接受TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT消息内容里携带。例如,终端设备在监听WUS同步帧的时候发现低功耗设备移动到所储存的TA list之外的新TA,则唤醒主接口执行TA更新流程。在这个过程中,网络侧通过图6或图10所述流程为终端设备分配新的WU-TMSI。WU-TMSI is a low-power device identifier that is unique to a terminal device within a TA or TA list. When the terminal device in the WUR activation mode generates a TA update due to the movement, the network side may allocate a new WU-TMSI to the terminal device through the process of FIG. 6 or FIG. 10 during the TA update process, and the WU-TMSI may be tracked. The zone update is carried in the content of the TRACKING AREA UPDATE ACCEPT message. For example, when the terminal device monitors the WUS synchronization frame and finds that the low-power device moves to a new TA other than the stored TA list, the wake-up main interface performs a TA update process. In this process, the network side allocates a new WU-TMSI to the terminal device through the process described in FIG. 6 or FIG.
需要说明的是,一个终端设备可能同时属于多个TA,即一个终端设备与一个TA列表(TA List)对应,TA List中可包括一个或多个TA。这种情况下,上述描述中的TA应替换为TA List,WU-TMSI应是终端设备在其对应的TA List内具有唯一性的低功耗设备标识。It should be noted that one terminal device may belong to multiple TAs at the same time, that is, one terminal device corresponds to one TA list, and one or more TAs may be included in the TA List. In this case, the TA in the above description should be replaced with a TA List, and the WU-TMSI should be a low-power device identifier that the terminal device has unique within its corresponding TA List.
综上所述,基于本申请实施例提供的方法,基站在发送WUS以唤醒处于RRC_Connected态和RRC_IDLE态终端设备时,WUS中的目标终端设备标识由下述两种可能的实现方式。In summary, based on the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the base station sends the WUS to wake up the terminal device in the RRC_Connected state and the RRC_IDLE state, the target terminal device identifier in the WUS is implemented by the following two possible implementation manners.
方式一:method one:
无论终端设备处于连接态RRC_CONNECTED还是空闲态RRC_IDLE,WUS中的目标终端设备标识均使用低功耗短标识WU-TMSI。这种标识方法能够使唤醒帧WUS携带比特长度较短且固定的信息,简化了WUS中数据结构的设计。Regardless of whether the terminal device is in the connected state RRC_CONNECTED or the idle state RRC_IDLE, the target terminal device identifier in the WUS uses the low power short identifier WU-TMSI. This identification method enables the wake-up frame WUS to carry shorter and fixed bit length information, simplifying the design of the data structure in the WUS.
方式二:Method 2:
对于RRC_IDLE态终端设备,WUS中的目标终端设备标识为WU-TMSI;对于RRC_CONNECTED态终端设备,WUS中的目标终端设备标识为终端设备的小区级唯一标识,如C-RNTI。For the RRC_IDLE state terminal device, the target terminal device identifier in the WUS is WU-TMSI; for the RRC_CONNECTED state terminal device, the target terminal device identifier in the WUS is a cell-level unique identifier of the terminal device, such as a C-RNTI.
由于终端设备当前处于何种状态,网络侧和终端设备侧都是知道的,相应地,网络侧应当发送何种目标终端设备标识、终端设备应当接收何种目标终端设备标识自然也是双方都清楚无误的知道的。Because the terminal device is currently in the state, both the network side and the terminal device side are aware. Accordingly, what kind of target terminal device identifier should be sent by the network side and what target terminal device identifier the terminal device should receive is naturally clear to both parties. Know that.
因此,这种方法能够缩短RRC_CONNECTED态下WUS中的信息比特长度,并且不会造成基站发送WUS和终端设备接收WUS时的模糊。由于存在两种WUS长度,基站应支 持两种长度WUS的发送,终端设备应支持两种长度WUS的接收。Therefore, this method can shorten the information bit length in the WUS in the RRC_CONNECTED state, and does not cause blurring when the base station transmits the WUS and the terminal device receives the WUS. Since there are two WUS lengths, the base station should support the transmission of two lengths of WUS, and the terminal equipment should support the reception of two lengths of WUS.
另外,应理解,对于前述终端设备,WU-TMSI可以是TA或TAI list内唯一的标识。在实际应用中,对于物联网中如智能抄表等应用场景,场景内设备的WU-TMSI可以是不唯一的,这样可以实现组唤醒操作。In addition, it should be understood that for the aforementioned terminal device, the WU-TMSI may be a unique identifier within the TA or TAI list. In practical applications, for an application scenario such as smart meter reading in the Internet of Things, the WU-TMSI of the device in the scenario may not be unique, so that the group wake-up operation can be implemented.
上文结合图1至图11介绍了本申请实施例的通信方法,下文将结合图12至图17,介绍本申请实施例的通信装置。The communication method of the embodiment of the present application is described above with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 11. The communication device of the embodiment of the present application will be described below with reference to FIG. 12 to FIG.
图12是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1200的示意性框图。该通信装置1200可以对应(例如,可以配置于或本身即为)上述方法600或方法1000中描述的终端设备。该通信装置1200应用于包括接入网设备和移动性管理实体MME的通信***中,所述通信装置1200至少包括唤醒射频接口和主接口,所述唤醒射频接口用于产生触发信号,所述触发信号用于激活所述主接口,所述主接口用于所述终端设备和所述接入网设备之间的通信,所述终端设备处于所述MME控制的多个追踪区域TA中的至少一个TA内。FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1200 can correspond to (eg, can be configured or itself) the terminal device described in the method 600 or method 1000 above. The communication device 1200 is applied to a communication system including an access network device and a mobility management entity MME, the communication device 1200 includes at least a wake-up radio frequency interface and a main interface, and the wake-up radio frequency interface is configured to generate a trigger signal, the trigger The signal is used to activate the primary interface, where the primary interface is used for communication between the terminal device and the access network device, and the terminal device is at least one of multiple tracking areas TA controlled by the MME Within TA.
如图12所示,该通信装置1200可以包括:通信单元1210和处理单元1220。As shown in FIG. 12, the communication device 1200 can include a communication unit 1210 and a processing unit 1220.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置1200可以为终端设备或配置于终端设备中的芯片。In one possible design, the communication device 1200 can be a terminal device or a chip configured in the terminal device.
通信单元1210,用于通过该唤醒射频接口接收第一消息,该第一消息用于触发该唤醒射频接口产生该触发信号,且该第一消息携带第一标识,该第一标识是该终端设备在第一TA列表内的标识,该第一TA列表列表包括该多个TA中的至少一个TA,且该第一标识的长度小于该第二标识的长度,该第二标识是该终端设备在该MME控制范围内的唯一标识。The communication unit 1210 is configured to receive the first message by using the wake-up radio frequency interface, where the first message is used to trigger the wake-up radio interface to generate the trigger signal, and the first message carries a first identifier, where the first identifier is the terminal device The identifier in the first TA list, the first TA list list includes at least one of the plurality of TAs, and the length of the first identifier is smaller than the length of the second identifier, where the second identifier is that the terminal device is The MME controls the unique identifier within the scope.
处理单元1220,用于根据所述第一标识确定所述第一消息有效后,根据所述第一消息,控制所述唤醒射频接口产生触发信号,以激活所述主接口;The processing unit 1220 is configured to control, according to the first identifier, the wake-up radio interface to generate a trigger signal to activate the primary interface, after determining that the first message is valid according to the first identifier.
通信单元1210还用于所述终端设备通过所述主接口,与所述网络设备通信。The communication unit 1210 is further configured to communicate with the network device by the terminal device through the primary interface.
可选地,所述第一标识是基于所述第二标识生成的。Optionally, the first identifier is generated based on the second identifier.
具体地,所述第一标识的序列是从所述第二标识的序列中截取的,或所述第一标识的序列是基于预设的函数对所述第二标识的序列进行变换后生成的。Specifically, the sequence of the first identifier is intercepted from the sequence of the second identifier, or the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming a sequence of the second identifier based on a preset function. .
可选地,所述第一标识的序列是基于随机生成函数生成的。Optionally, the sequence of the first identifier is generated based on a random generation function.
上述所涉及的第一标识具体生成过程参见前述说明,为了简便,此处不再赘述。应理解,第一标识的生成可以由通信装置1200的处理单元1220来完成,也可以是通信单元1210接收网络设备发送的第一标识,本申请包括但不限于此。For the specific generation process of the first identifier involved in the above, refer to the foregoing description, and for brevity, no further details are provided herein. It should be understood that the generation of the first identifier may be performed by the processing unit 1220 of the communication device 1200, or the communication unit 1210 may receive the first identifier sent by the network device, and the application includes but is not limited thereto.
作为一种可能的实现方式,所述通信单元1210通过所述唤醒射频接口接收第一消息之前,所述处理单元1220用于生成所述第一标识;所述通信单元1210向所述网络设备发送所述第一标识的指示信息。As a possible implementation manner, before the communication unit 1210 receives the first message by using the wake-up radio frequency interface, the processing unit 1220 is configured to generate the first identifier; the communication unit 1210 sends the first identifier to the network device. The indication information of the first identifier.
另一种可能的实现方式中,所述通信单元1210通过所述唤醒射频接口接收第一消息之前,所述通信单元1210接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一标识的指示信息。In another possible implementation, before the communication unit 1210 receives the first message by using the wake-up radio interface, the communication unit 1210 receives the indication information of the first identifier sent by the network device.
可选地,当所述处理单元1220判在所述终端设备处于连接态时,所述处理单元1220将所述终端设备的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI确定为所述第一标识。Optionally, when the processing unit 1220 determines that the terminal device is in a connected state, the processing unit 1220 determines a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI of the terminal device as the first identifier.
处理单元1220可以先判断改通信装置1200所处的状态,例如当处理单元1220判断改通信装置1200处于连接态RRC_CONNECTED还是空闲态RRC_IDLE。不论是连接 态RRC_CONNECTED还是空闲态RRC_IDLE,处理单元1220均将低功耗短标识WU-TMSI作为WUS中的目标终端设备标识。这种标识方法能够使唤醒帧WUS携带比特长度较短且固定的信息,简化了WUS中数据结构的设计。The processing unit 1220 may first determine the state in which the communication device 1200 is located, for example, when the processing unit 1220 determines whether the communication device 1200 is in the connected state RRC_CONNECTED or the idle state RRC_IDLE. Regardless of whether it is the connected state RRC_CONNECTED or the idle state RRC_IDLE, the processing unit 1220 uses the low power short identifier WU-TMSI as the target terminal device identifier in the WUS. This identification method enables the wake-up frame WUS to carry shorter and fixed bit length information, simplifying the design of the data structure in the WUS.
或者,当处理单元1220判断改通信装置1200处于RRC_IDLE态,所述处理单元1220将WUS中的目标终端设备标识为WU-TMSI;当处理单元1220判断改通信装置1200处于RRC_CONNECTED态,所述处理单元1220将WUS中的目标终端设备标识为终端设备的小区级唯一标识,如C-RNTI。Alternatively, when the processing unit 1220 determines that the communication device 1200 is in the RRC_IDLE state, the processing unit 1220 identifies the target terminal device in the WUS as WU-TMSI; when the processing unit 1220 determines that the communication device 1200 is in the RRC_CONNECTED state, the processing unit The 1220 identifies the target terminal device in the WUS as a cell-level unique identifier of the terminal device, such as a C-RNTI.
这种方法能够缩短RRC_CONNECTED态下WUS中的信息比特长度,并且不会造成基站发送WUS和终端设备接收WUS时的模糊。由于存在两种WUS长度,基站应支持两种长度WUS的发送,终端设备应支持两种长度WUS的接收。This method can shorten the information bit length in the WUS in the RRC_CONNECTED state, and does not cause blurring when the base station transmits the WUS and the terminal device receives the WUS. Since there are two WUS lengths, the base station should support the transmission of two lengths of WUS, and the terminal equipment should support the reception of two lengths of WUS.
应理解,该通信装置1200可对应于根据本申请实施例的通信方法600中的终端设备和通信方法1100中的终端设备,该通信装置1200可以包括用于执行图6中通信方法600、通信方法1100中的终端设备执行的方法的模块。并且,该通信装置1200中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图6中通信方法600和通信方法1100中的相应流程,具体地,该通信单元1210用于方法600中的步骤601和步骤604,或者该通信单元1210用于方法1100中的步骤1002和步骤1103;该处理单元1220用于执行方法600中的步骤605,或者该处理单元1220用于执行方法1100中的步骤1103,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法600和方法1100中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the communication device 1200 may correspond to the terminal device in the communication method 600 and the terminal device in the communication method 1100 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1200 may include a communication method 600 for performing the communication method of FIG. A module of a method performed by a terminal device in 1100. Moreover, the modules in the communication device 1200 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively used to implement the corresponding processes in the communication method 600 and the communication method 1100 of FIG. 6, and specifically, the communication unit 1210 is used in the steps of the method 600. 601 and step 604, or the communication unit 1210 is used in step 1002 and step 1103 in the method 1100; the processing unit 1220 is configured to perform step 605 in the method 600, or the processing unit 1220 is configured to perform step 1103 in the method 1100. The specific process for performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps in each unit has been described in detail in the method 600 and the method 1100. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
图13是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1300的示意性框图,该通信装置1300可以对应(例如,可以配置于或本身即为)上述方法600和方法1100中描述的网络设备。该通信装置1300可以为接入网设备或核心网设备,应用于包括终端设备的通信***中,所述终端设备至少包括唤醒射频接口和主接口,所述唤醒射频接口用于产生触发信号,所述触发信号用于激活所述主接口,所述主接口用于所述终端设备和所述通信装置1300之间的通信,所述终端设备处于所述核心网设备控制的多个追踪区域TA中的至少一个TA内。FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1300 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1300 may correspond to (eg, may be configured or itself) a network device described in the foregoing method 600 and method 1100. The communication device 1300 may be an access network device or a core network device, and is applied to a communication system including a terminal device, where the terminal device includes at least a wake-up radio frequency interface and a main interface, where the wake-up radio frequency interface is used to generate a trigger signal. The trigger signal is used to activate the primary interface, and the primary interface is used for communication between the terminal device and the communication device 1300, and the terminal device is in multiple tracking areas TA controlled by the core network device. At least one of the TAs.
如图13所示,该通信装置1300可以包括:通信单元1310和收发单元1320。As shown in FIG. 13, the communication device 1300 may include a communication unit 1310 and a transceiver unit 1320.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置1300可以为网络设备或配置于网络设备中的芯片。In one possible design, the communication device 1300 can be a network device or a chip configured in the network device.
通信单元1310,用于通过该唤醒射频接口向该终端设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于触发该唤醒射频接口产生该触发信号,且该第一消息携带第一标识,该第一标识是该终端设备在第一TA列表内的标识,该第一TA列表包括该多个TA中的至少一个TA,且该第一标识的长度小于该第二标识的长度,该第二标识是该终端设备在该MME控制范围内的唯一标识。The communication unit 1310 is configured to send a first message to the terminal device by using the wake-up radio frequency interface, where the first message is used to trigger the wake-up radio interface to generate the trigger signal, and the first message carries a first identifier, where the first identifier is An identifier of the terminal device in the first TA list, where the first TA list includes at least one of the plurality of TAs, and the length of the first identifier is smaller than the length of the second identifier, where the second identifier is A unique identifier of the terminal device within the control range of the MME.
处理单元1320,用于在所述终端设备根据所述第一消息控制所述唤醒射频接口产生触发信号激活所述主接口之后,通过所述主接口,与所述终端设备通信。The processing unit 1320 is configured to communicate with the terminal device through the primary interface after the terminal device controls the wake-up radio interface to generate a trigger signal to activate the primary interface according to the first message.
可选地,所述第一标识是基于所述第二标识生成的。Optionally, the first identifier is generated based on the second identifier.
具体地,所述第一标识的序列是从所述第二标识的序列中截取的,或所述第一标识的序列是基于预设的函数对所述第二标识的序列进行变换后生成的。Specifically, the sequence of the first identifier is intercepted from the sequence of the second identifier, or the sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming a sequence of the second identifier based on a preset function. .
可选地,所述第一标识的序列是基于随机生成函数生成的。Optionally, the sequence of the first identifier is generated based on a random generation function.
上述所涉及的第一标识具体生成过程参见前述说明,为了简便,此处不再赘述。应理解,第一标识的生成可以由通信装置1300的处理单元1320来完成,也可以是通信单元1310接收终端设备发送的第一标识,本申请包括但不限于此。For the specific generation process of the first identifier involved in the above, refer to the foregoing description, and for brevity, no further details are provided herein. It should be understood that the generation of the first identifier may be performed by the processing unit 1320 of the communication device 1300, or the communication unit 1310 may receive the first identifier sent by the terminal device, and the application includes but is not limited thereto.
作为一种可能的实现方式,所述通信单元1310通过所述唤醒射频接口向所述终端设备发送第一消息之前,所述处理单元1320用于生成所述第一标识;所述通信单元1310向所述向所述终端设备发送所述第一标识的指示信息。As a possible implementation, before the communication unit 1310 sends the first message to the terminal device by using the wake-up radio interface, the processing unit 1320 is configured to generate the first identifier; the communication unit 1310 Sending, to the terminal device, indication information of the first identifier.
另一种可能的实现方式中,所述通信单元1310通过所述唤醒射频接口向所述终端设备发送第一消息之前,所述通信单元1310接收所述终端设备发送的所述第一标识的指示信息。In another possible implementation, before the communication unit 1310 sends the first message to the terminal device by using the wake-up radio interface, the communication unit 1310 receives an indication of the first identifier sent by the terminal device. information.
可选地,所述第二标识为所述终端设备的移动管理网元临时移动用户标识M-TMSI或S-TMSI。Optionally, the second identifier is a mobility management network element temporary mobile subscriber identity M-TMSI or S-TMSI of the terminal device.
应理解,该通信装置1300可对应于根据本申请实施例的通信方法600中的网络设备和通信方法1100中的网络设备,该通信装置1300可以包括用于执行图6中通信方法600、通信方法1100中的网络设备执行的方法的模块。并且,该通信装置1300中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图6中通信方法600和通信方法1100中的相应流程,具体地,该通信单元1310用于方法600中的步骤601、步骤602和步骤604,或者该通信单元1310用于方法1100中的步骤1002和步骤1102;该处理单元1320用于执行方法600中的步骤603,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法600和方法1100中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the communication device 1300 may correspond to the network device in the communication method 600 according to the embodiment of the present application and the network device in the communication method 1100, and the communication device 1300 may include a communication method 600 for performing the communication method of FIG. A module of a method performed by a network device in 1100. Moreover, the modules in the communication device 1300 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively used to implement the corresponding processes in the communication method 600 and the communication method 1100 of FIG. 6, and specifically, the communication unit 1310 is used in the steps of the method 600. 601, step 602 and step 604, or the communication unit 1310 is used in step 1002 and step 1102 in the method 1100; the processing unit 1320 is configured to perform step 603 in the method 600, and the specific process of each unit performing the corresponding step in the method It has been described in detail in the method 600 and the method 1100. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
图14是本申请实施例提供的终端设备1400的结构示意图。如图14所示,该终端设备1400包括处理器1410和收发器1420。可选地,该终端设备1400还包括存储器1430。其中,处理器1410、收发器1420和存储器1430之间通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号,该存储器1430用于存储计算机程序,该处理器1410用于从该存储器1430中调用并运行该计算机程序,以控制该收发器1420收发信号。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1400 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14, the terminal device 1400 includes a processor 1410 and a transceiver 1420. Optionally, the terminal device 1400 further includes a memory 1430. The processor 1410, the transceiver 1420, and the memory 1430 communicate with each other through an internal connection path for transferring control and/or data signals. The memory 1430 is configured to store a computer program, and the processor 1410 is configured to be called from the memory 1430. The computer program is run to control the transceiver 1420 to send and receive signals.
上述处理器1410和存储器1430可以合成一个处理装置,处理器1410用于执行存储器1430中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器1430也可以集成在处理器1410中,或者独立于处理器1410。The processor 1410 and the memory 1430 described above may synthesize a processing device, and the processor 1410 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 1430 to implement the above functions. The memory 1430 may also be integrated in the processor 1410 or independent of the processor 1410.
上述终端设备还可以包括天线1440,例如,本实施例中终端设备的主接口和唤醒射频WUR,用于将收发器1420输出的下行数据或下行控制信令通过无线信号发送出去。The terminal device may further include an antenna 1440. For example, the primary interface of the terminal device and the wake-up radio frequency WUR in the embodiment are used to send downlink data or downlink control signaling output by the transceiver 1420 through a wireless signal.
具体地,该终端设备1400可对应于根据本申请实施例的通信方法600中的终端设备和通信方法1100中的终端设备,该终端设备1400可以包括用于执行图6中通信方法600和通信方法1100中的终端设备执行的方法的模块。并且,该终端设备1400中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图6中通信方法600和图11中通信方法1100中的相应流程。具体地,该存储器1420用于存储程序代码,使得处理器1410在执行该程序代码时,执行方法600中的步骤605,并控制该收发器1420通过天线1440执行方法600中的步骤601和步骤604,或者使得处理器1410在执行该程序代码时,执行方法600中的步骤605,控制该收发器1420通过天线1440执行方法1100中的步骤1002和步骤1103,各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法600和方法1100中 已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Specifically, the terminal device 1400 may correspond to the terminal device in the communication method 600 and the terminal device in the communication method 1100 according to an embodiment of the present application, and the terminal device 1400 may include a communication method 600 and a communication method for performing the method of FIG. A module of a method performed by a terminal device in 1100. Moreover, each module in the terminal device 1400 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding processes in the communication method 600 of FIG. 6 and the communication method 1100 of FIG. In particular, the memory 1420 is configured to store program code such that when executing the program code, the processor 1410 performs step 605 of the method 600 and controls the transceiver 1420 to perform steps 601 and 604 of the method 600 via the antenna 1440. Or causing the processor 1410 to execute the program code, performing step 605 in the method 600, controlling the transceiver 1420 to perform step 1002 and step 1103 in the method 1100 through the antenna 1440, and the specific process of each module performing the corresponding step is The method 600 and the method 1100 have been described in detail, and are not described herein again for brevity.
图15是本申请实施例提供的终端设备1500的结构示意图。如图15所示,该终端设备1500包括:处理器1501和收发器1502,可选地,该终端设备1500还包括存储器1503。其中,其中,处理器1502、收发器1502和存储器1503之间通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号,该存储器1503用于存储计算机程序,该处理器1501用于从该存储器1503中调用并运行该计算机程序,以控制该收发器1502收发信号。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1500 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 15, the terminal device 1500 includes a processor 1501 and a transceiver 1502. Optionally, the terminal device 1500 further includes a memory 1503. The processor 1502, the transceiver 1502, and the memory 1503 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and the control device and the data signal are transmitted. The memory 1503 is configured to store a computer program, and the processor 1501 is configured to use the memory 1501. The computer program is called and run to control the transceiver 1502 to send and receive signals.
上述处理器1501和存储器1503可以合成一个处理装置1504,处理器1501用于执行存储器1503中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器1503也可以集成在处理器1501中,或者独立于处理器1501。上述终端设备1500还可以包括天线1510,用于将收发器1502输出的上行数据或上行控制信令通过无线信号发送出去。The processor 1501 and the memory 1503 described above may be combined with a processing device 1504 for executing program code stored in the memory 1503 to implement the above functions. In a specific implementation, the memory 1503 may also be integrated in the processor 1501 or independent of the processor 1501. The terminal device 1500 may further include an antenna 1510, configured to send uplink data or uplink control signaling output by the transceiver 1502 by using a wireless signal.
具体地,终端设备1500可以对应于根据本申请实施例的通信方法600和通信方法1100中的终端设备,该终端设备1500可以包括用于执行图6中通信方法600的终端设备执行的方法的模块,并且,该终端设备1500中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图6中通信方法600和通信方法1100的相应流程。具体地,该存储器1503用于存储程序代码,使得处理器1501在执行该程序代码时,执行方法600中的步骤605,或者方法1100中的步骤1103,各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法600和方法1100中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Specifically, the terminal device 1500 may correspond to the communication method 600 according to an embodiment of the present application and the terminal device in the communication method 1100, which may include a module for performing the method performed by the terminal device of the communication method 600 of FIG. And, the modules in the terminal device 1500 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding processes of the communication method 600 and the communication method 1100 in FIG. Specifically, the memory 1503 is configured to store the program code, so that when the processor 1501 executes the program code, the method 605 in the method 600 is performed, or the step 1103 in the method 1100, the specific process of each module performing the corresponding step is in the method. It has been described in detail in the method 600 and the method 1100. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
上述处理器1501可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由终端内部实现的动作,而收发器1502可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的终端向终端设备传输或者发送的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。The above-mentioned processor 1501 can be used to perform the actions implemented by the terminal internally described in the foregoing method embodiments, and the transceiver 1502 can be used to perform the actions of the terminal to transmit or transmit to the terminal device described in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, please refer to the description in the previous method embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
上述处理器1501和存储器1503可以集成为一个处理装置,处理器1501用于执行存储器1503中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器1503也可以集成在处理器1501中。The processor 1501 and the memory 1503 described above may be integrated into one processing device, and the processor 1501 is configured to execute program code stored in the memory 1503 to implement the above functions. In a specific implementation, the memory 1503 can also be integrated in the processor 1501.
上述终端设备1500还可以包括电源1505,用于给终端中的各种器件或电路提供电源。The terminal device 1500 described above may also include a power source 1505 for providing power to various devices or circuits in the terminal.
除此之外,为了使得终端设备的功能更加完善,该终端设备1500还可以包括输入单元1514,显示单元1516,音频电路1518,摄像头1520和传感器1522等中的一个或多个,所述音频电路还可以包括扬声器1582,麦克风1584等。In addition, in order to make the function of the terminal device more perfect, the terminal device 1500 may further include one or more of an input unit 1514, a display unit 1516, an audio circuit 1518, a camera 1520, a sensor 1522, and the like, the audio circuit. A speaker 1582, a microphone 1584, and the like can also be included.
图16是本申请实施例提供的网络设备1600的结构示意图。如图16所示,该网络设备1600包括处理器1616和收发器1620。可选地,该网络设备1600还包括存储器1630。其中,处理器1616、收发器1620和存储器1630之间通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号,该存储器1630用于存储计算机程序,该处理器1616用于从该存储器1630中调用并运行该计算机程序,以控制该收发器1620收发信号。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 1600 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 16, the network device 1600 includes a processor 1616 and a transceiver 1620. Optionally, the network device 1600 also includes a memory 1630. The processor 1616, the transceiver 1620, and the memory 1630 communicate with each other through an internal connection path for transferring control and/or data signals. The memory 1630 is configured to store a computer program, and the processor 1616 is configured to be called from the memory 1630. The computer program is run to control the transceiver 1620 to send and receive signals.
上述处理器1616和存储器1630可以合成一个处理装置,处理器1616用于执行存储器1630中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器1630也可以集成在处理器1616中,或者独立于处理器1616。The processor 1616 and the memory 1630 described above may synthesize a processing device, and the processor 1616 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 1630 to implement the above functions. The memory 1630 can also be integrated into the processor 1616 or be independent of the processor 1616 when implemented.
上述网络设备还可以包括天线1640,例如,本申请实施例说的用于通信的主接口, 用于将收发器1620输出的下行数据或下行控制信令通过无线信号发送出去。The network device may further include an antenna 1640. For example, the main interface for communication in the embodiment of the present application is configured to send downlink data or downlink control signaling output by the transceiver 1620 through a wireless signal.
具体地,该网络设备1600可对应于根据本申请实施例的通信方法600中的网络设备和通信方法1100中的网络设备,该网络设备1600可以包括用于执行图6中通信方法600和通信方法1100中终端设备执行的方法的模块。并且,该网络设备1600中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图6中通信方法600和通信方法1100中的相应流程。具体地,该存储器1630用于存储程序代码,控制该收发器1620通过天线1640执行方法600中的步骤601、步骤602和步骤604,或者方法1100中的步骤1002和步骤1102;各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法600和1100中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Specifically, the network device 1600 may correspond to a network device in the communication method 600 and a network device in the communication method 1100 according to an embodiment of the present application, and the network device 1600 may include a communication method 600 and a communication method for performing the method of FIG. A module of a method performed by a terminal device in 1100. Moreover, each module in the network device 1600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement respective processes in the communication method 600 and the communication method 1100 of FIG. Specifically, the memory 1630 is configured to store program code, and the transceiver 1620 is controlled to perform step 601, step 602, and step 604 in the method 600, or step 1002 and step 1102 in the method 1100 through the antenna 1640; The specific process of the steps has been described in detail in the methods 600 and 1100. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备1700的结构示意图。可以用于实现上述方法中200和方法500中的网络设备的功能。如可以为基站的结构示意图。如图17所示,该基站可应用于如图1所示的***中。基站1700包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)1701和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)(也可称为数字单元,digital unit,DU)1702。所述RRU 1701可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线1703和射频单元1704。所述RRU 1701部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中所述的信令消息。所述BBU 1702部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述RRU 1701与BBU 1702可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 1700 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. It can be used to implement the functions of the network devices in the above method 200 and method 500. For example, it can be a schematic diagram of a base station. As shown in FIG. 17, the base station can be applied to the system as shown in FIG. 1. The base station 1700 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1701 and one or more baseband units (BBUs) (also referred to as digital units, DUs) 1702. . The RRU 1701 may be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 1703 and a radio frequency unit 1704. The RRU 1701 portion is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for transmitting the signaling messages described in the foregoing embodiments to the terminal device. The BBU 1702 part is mainly used for performing baseband processing, controlling a base station, and the like. The RRU 1701 and the BBU 1702 may be physically disposed together or physically separated, that is, distributed base stations.
所述BBU 1702为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如该BBU(确定单元)1702可以用于控制基站1700执行上述方法200的实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。The BBU 1702 is a control center of a base station, and may also be referred to as a processing unit, and is mainly used to perform baseband processing functions such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spread spectrum, and the like. For example, the BBU (determination unit) 1702 can be used to control the flow of operations of the base station 1700 in the embodiment of the method 200 described above with respect to the network device.
在一个示例中,所述BBU 1702可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE***,或NR***),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。所述BBU 1702还包括存储器1705和处理器1706。所述存储器1705用以存储必要的指令和数据。例如存储器1705存储上述实施例中的码本等。所述处理器1706用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器1705和处理器1706可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the BBU 1702 may be composed of one or more boards, and multiple boards may jointly support a single access standard radio access network (such as an LTE system or an NR system), or may separately support different Access to the standard wireless access network. The BBU 1702 also includes a memory 1705 and a processor 1706. The memory 1705 is used to store necessary instructions and data. For example, the memory 1705 stores the codebook or the like in the above embodiment. The processor 1706 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to perform an operation procedure about the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The memory 1705 and processor 1706 can serve one or more boards. That is, the memory and processor can be individually set on each board. It is also possible that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, the necessary circuits can be set on each board.
在一种可能的实施方式中,随着片上***(System-on-chip,SoC)技术的发展,可以将1702部分和1701部分的全部或者部分功能由SoC技术实现,例如由一颗基站功能芯片实现,该基站功能芯片集成了处理器、存储器、天线接口等器件,基站相关功能的程序存储在存储器中,由处理器执行程序以实现基站的相关功能。可选的,该基站功能芯片也能够读取该芯片外部的存储器以实现基站的相关功能。In a possible implementation manner, with the development of System-on-chip (SoC) technology, all or part of the functions of the 1702 part and the 1701 part may be implemented by SoC technology, for example, by a base station function chip. The base station function chip integrates a processor, a memory, an antenna interface and the like. The program of the base station related function is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to implement the related functions of the base station. Optionally, the base station function chip can also read the memory external to the chip to implement related functions of the base station.
应理解,图17示例的基站的结构仅为一种可能的形态,而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的基站结构的可能。It should be understood that the structure of the base station illustrated in FIG. 17 is only one possible form, and should not be construed as limiting the embodiments of the present application. This application does not preclude the possibility of other forms of base station architecture that may arise in the future.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请实施例还提供一种通信***,其包括前述的网络设备和一个或多于一个终端设备。The embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system including the foregoing network device and one or more terminal devices.
应理解,本申请实施例中,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), and dedicated integration. Application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, etc. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (ROMM), an erasable programmable read only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electrical Erase programmable EPROM (EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic randomness. Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate synchronous DRAM (DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (DR RAM).
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图6或图11所示实施例中的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the application further provides a computer program product, comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to execute FIG. 6 or FIG. 11 The method in the examples is shown.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读解释存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图6或图11所示实施例中的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the present application further provides a computer readable medium storing program code, when the program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to execute FIG. 6 or FIG. 11 The method in the examples is shown.
需要特别说明的是,上述各实施例中的时间偏差可以是时间偏差,也可以是其他较正终端设备与网络设备之间时间同步的时间值,无论是时间偏差还是时间偏差,或者其它的时间值都是为了理解本发明技术方案所举的例子,本发明包括并不限于此。It should be noted that the time deviation in the foregoing embodiments may be a time offset, or may be a time value of time synchronization between other correct terminal devices and the network device, whether it is time deviation or time deviation, or other time. The values are all examples for understanding the technical solutions of the present invention, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种***,其包括前述的网络设备和一个或多个终端设备。上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载或执行该计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例该的流程或功能。该计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者 半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the application further provides a system including the foregoing network device and one or more terminal devices. The above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination. When implemented in software, the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded or executed on a computer, the processes or functions according to embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be wired from a website site, computer, server or data center (for example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center. The computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that contains one or more sets of available media. The usable medium can be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (e.g., a DVD), or a semiconductor medium. The semiconductor medium can be a solid state hard drive.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的***、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的***、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个***,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present application, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The foregoing is only a specific embodiment of the present application, but the scope of protection of the present application is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. It should be covered by the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the scope of protection of the present application should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims (20)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于包括终端设备和网络设备的通信***中,所述终端设备包括唤醒射频接口和主接口,所述唤醒射频接口用于产生触发信号,所述触发信号用于激活所述主接口,所述主接口用于所述终端设备和所述网络设备之间的通信,所述终端设备处于移动性管理实体MME控制的多个追踪区域TA中的至少一个TA内,所述方法包括:A communication method, which is applied to a communication system including a terminal device and a network device, the terminal device includes a wake-up radio frequency interface and a main interface, and the wake-up radio frequency interface is configured to generate a trigger signal, where the trigger signal is used. The main interface is used to communicate between the terminal device and the network device, and the terminal device is in at least one of the plurality of tracking areas TA controlled by the mobility management entity MME. , the method includes:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于触发所述唤醒射频接口产生所述触发信号,且所述第一消息携带第一标识,所述第一标识是所述终端设备在第一TA列表包括的TA的控制范围内的标识,所述第一TA列表包括所述多个TA中的至少一个TA,且所述第一标识的长度小于所述第二标识的长度,所述第二标识是所述终端设备在所述MME控制范围内的唯一标识;The network device sends a first message to the terminal device, where the first message is used to trigger the wake-up radio interface to generate the trigger signal, and the first message carries a first identifier, where the first identifier is The identifier of the terminal device in the control range of the TA included in the first TA list, the first TA list includes at least one of the plurality of TAs, and the length of the first identifier is smaller than the second a length of the identifier, where the second identifier is a unique identifier of the terminal device within the control range of the MME;
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一数据,所述第一数据的格式是与所述主接口相匹配的格式。The network device sends first data to the terminal device, and the format of the first data is a format that matches the primary interface.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第一标识是基于所述第二标识生成的。The communication method according to claim 1, wherein said first identification is generated based on said second identification.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第一标识的序列是从所述第二标识的序列中截取的,或The communication method according to claim 2, wherein the sequence of the first identifier is taken from a sequence of the second identifier, or
    所述第一标识的序列是基于预设的函数对所述第二标识的序列进行变换后生成的。The sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming the sequence of the second identifier based on a preset function.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第一标识的序列是基于随机生成函数生成的。The communication method according to claim 1, wherein the sequence of the first identification is generated based on a random generation function.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,在所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein before the sending, by the network device, the first message to the terminal device, the method further includes:
    所述网络设备生成所述第一标识;The network device generates the first identifier;
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一标识的指示信息。The network device sends the indication information of the first identifier to the terminal device.
  6. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,在所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein before the sending, by the network device, the first message to the terminal device, the method further includes:
    所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的所述第一标识的指示信息。The network device receives the indication information of the first identifier sent by the terminal device.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第二标识为所述终端设备的移动管理网元临时移动用户标识M-TMSI或服务临时移动用户标识S-TMSI。The communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the second identifier is a mobility management network element temporary mobile subscriber identity M-TMSI or a service temporary mobile subscriber identity S- of the terminal device. TMSI.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备为接入网设备或所述MME。The communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the network device is an access network device or the MME.
  9. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于包括终端设备和网络设备的通信***中,所述终端设备包括唤醒射频接口和主接口,所述唤醒射频接口用于产生触发信号,所述触发信号用于激活所述主接口,所述主接口用于所述终端设备和所述接入网设备之间的通信,所述终端设备处于移动性管理实体MME控制的多个追踪区域TA中的至少一个TA内,所述方法包括:A communication method, which is applied to a communication system including a terminal device and a network device, the terminal device includes a wake-up radio frequency interface and a main interface, and the wake-up radio frequency interface is configured to generate a trigger signal, where the trigger signal is used. Activating the primary interface, the primary interface is used for communication between the terminal device and the access network device, and the terminal device is at least one of multiple tracking areas TA controlled by the mobility management entity MME Within TA, the method includes:
    所述终端设备通过所述唤醒射频接口接收第一消息,所述第一消息用于触发所述唤醒射频接口产生所述触发信号,且所述第一消息携带第一标识,所述第一标识是所 述终端设备在第一TA列表包括的TA的控制范围内的标识,所述第一TA列表包括所述多个TA中的至少一个TA,且所述第一标识的长度小于所述第二标识的长度,所述第二标识是所述终端设备在所述MME控制范围内的唯一标识;Receiving, by the terminal device, the first message by using the wake-up radio frequency interface, where the first message is used to trigger the wake-up radio interface to generate the trigger signal, and the first message carries a first identifier, where the first identifier is An identifier of the terminal device in a control range of the TA included in the first TA list, where the first TA list includes at least one of the plurality of TAs, and the length of the first identifier is smaller than the first a length of the second identifier, where the second identifier is a unique identifier of the terminal device within the control range of the MME;
    所述终端设备在根据所述第一标识确定所述第一消息有效后,根据所述第一消息,控制所述唤醒射频接口产生触发信号,以激活所述主接口;After determining that the first message is valid according to the first identifier, the terminal device controls the wake-up radio frequency interface to generate a trigger signal according to the first message, to activate the main interface;
    所述终端设备通过所述主接口接收所述网络设备发送的第一数据,所述第一数据的格式是与所述主接口相匹配的格式。Receiving, by the terminal device, the first data sent by the network device by using the primary interface, where the format of the first data is a format that matches the primary interface.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第一标识是基于所述第二标识生成的。The communication method according to claim 9, wherein said first identification is generated based on said second identification.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第一标识的序列是从所述第二标识的序列中截取的,或The communication method according to claim 10, wherein the sequence of the first identifier is taken from a sequence of the second identifier, or
    所述第一标识的序列是基于预设的函数对所述第二标识的序列进行变换后生成的。The sequence of the first identifier is generated by transforming the sequence of the second identifier based on a preset function.
  12. 根据权利要求9所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第一标识的序列是基于随机生成函数生成的。The communication method according to claim 9, wherein the sequence of the first identification is generated based on a random generation function.
  13. 根据权利要求9至12中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,在所述终端设备通过所述唤醒射频接口接收第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 9 to 12, wherein before the terminal device receives the first message through the wake-up radio frequency interface, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送请求分配所述第一标识的指示信息。The terminal device sends, to the network device, indication information that requests to allocate the first identifier.
  14. 根据权利要求9至12中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,在所述终端设备通过所述唤醒射频接口接收第一消息之前,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 9 to 12, wherein before the terminal device receives the first message through the wake-up radio frequency interface, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一标识的指示信息。The terminal device receives indication information of the first identifier sent by the network device.
  15. 根据权利要求9至14中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,在所述终端设备处于连接态时,所述第一标识为所述终端设备的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI。The communication method according to any one of claims 9 to 14, wherein when the terminal device is in a connected state, the first identifier is a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI of the terminal device.
  16. 根据权利要求9至15中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述第二标识为所述终端设备的移动管理网元临时移动用户标识M-TMSI或服务临时移动用户标识S-TMSI。The communication method according to any one of claims 9 to 15, wherein the second identifier is a mobility management network element temporary mobile subscriber identity M-TMSI or a service temporary mobile subscriber identity S- of the terminal device. TMSI.
  17. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括收发器、处理器和存储器,所述处理器用于控制所述收发器收发信号,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得所述网络设备执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法。A network device, comprising: a transceiver, a processor and a memory, the processor for controlling the transceiver to send and receive signals, the memory for storing a computer program, the processor for The computer program is called and executed in a memory such that the network device performs the method of any one of claims 1 to 8.
  18. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备包括收发器、处理器和存储器,所述处理器用于控制所述收发器收发信号,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得所述网络设备执行如权利要求9至16中任一项所述的方法。A terminal device, comprising: a transceiver, a processor and a memory, the processor for controlling the transceiver to send and receive signals, the memory for storing a computer program, the processor for The computer program is called and executed in a memory such that the network device performs the method of any one of claims 9 to 16.
  19. 一种通信***,其特征在于,包括:A communication system, comprising:
    如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的网络设备;和a network device according to any one of claims 1 to 9;
    如权利要求10至18中任一项所述的终端设备;A terminal device according to any one of claims 10 to 18;
    所述终端设备至少包括唤醒射频接口和主接口,所述唤醒射频接口用于产生触发信号,所述触发信号用于激活所述主接口,所述主接口用于所述终端设备和所述网络设备之间的通信,所述终端设备处于所述MME控制的多个追踪区域TA中的至少一个 TA内。The terminal device includes at least a wake-up radio frequency interface for generating a trigger signal, the trigger signal is used to activate the main interface, and the main interface is used for the terminal device and the network Communication between devices, the terminal device being in at least one of the plurality of tracking areas TA controlled by the MME.
  20. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,用于存储计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的通信方法。A computer readable storage medium for storing computer instructions that, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the communication method of any one of claims 1-16.
PCT/CN2019/072534 2018-02-05 2019-01-21 Communication method and communication apparatus WO2019149105A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810111495.3 2018-02-05
CN201810111495 2018-02-05
CN201810365125.2 2018-04-18
CN201810365125.2A CN110121203B (en) 2018-02-05 2018-04-18 Communication method and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019149105A1 true WO2019149105A1 (en) 2019-08-08

Family

ID=67479575

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/072534 WO2019149105A1 (en) 2018-02-05 2019-01-21 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019149105A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023066152A1 (en) * 2021-10-21 2023-04-27 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for information transmission

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070286136A1 (en) * 2006-06-08 2007-12-13 Motorola, Inc. Method for energy efficient prospective peer discovery in an ad hoc network
CN101584240A (en) * 2007-01-09 2009-11-18 高通股份有限公司 Method for efficient assessment of communication service levels in a mobile station having multiple communication interfaces
CN105744499A (en) * 2014-12-29 2016-07-06 霍尼韦尔国际公司 Wireless voice alarm and public announcement system
CN105830525A (en) * 2013-10-11 2016-08-03 索尼公司 Devices and methods for protocol mode switching

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070286136A1 (en) * 2006-06-08 2007-12-13 Motorola, Inc. Method for energy efficient prospective peer discovery in an ad hoc network
CN101584240A (en) * 2007-01-09 2009-11-18 高通股份有限公司 Method for efficient assessment of communication service levels in a mobile station having multiple communication interfaces
CN105830525A (en) * 2013-10-11 2016-08-03 索尼公司 Devices and methods for protocol mode switching
CN105744499A (en) * 2014-12-29 2016-07-06 霍尼韦尔国际公司 Wireless voice alarm and public announcement system

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023066152A1 (en) * 2021-10-21 2023-04-27 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for information transmission

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018196520A1 (en) Beam management method, terminal device, and network device
WO2020125433A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US11553456B2 (en) RAN area ID configuration
WO2021185136A1 (en) Method and apparatus for updating configuration information
US11109392B2 (en) Communication method, network device, and relay device
WO2017166022A1 (en) Device-to-device communication method, terminal device, and network device
US20220174602A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
US20180027494A1 (en) Apparatus, system and method of neighbor awareness networking (nan) data link (ndl) power save
WO2022012388A1 (en) Communication method and device
CN110121203B (en) Communication method and communication device
JP2022550159A (en) Wake-up signal detection method and apparatus
US20220322285A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2020073986A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus
EP4027708A1 (en) Paging message detection method and apparatus, and communication device
WO2021089015A1 (en) Paging method and apparatus
CN116548027A (en) Method and apparatus for wireless communication
WO2019149105A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2021134577A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
EP4017059A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2018176372A1 (en) Communication method, terminal apparatus, and access network apparatus
WO2021088471A1 (en) Connection resume method and apparatus
JP2021517427A (en) Resource scheduling method, data transmission method and its equipment, communication system
WO2021138854A1 (en) Signal sending and receiving method, apparatus and device
WO2021031026A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting downlink control information (dci)
WO2023241288A1 (en) Wake-up signal transmission method and communication system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19748328

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19748328

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1